Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • 2015-2019  (433)
  • 2000-2004  (486)
  • Hoboken : Taylor and Francis  (680)
  • Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing  (233)
  • New York, NY : JSTOR
  • Electronic books  (919)
Datenlieferant
Materialart
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Jahr
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786431295
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 342 Seiten)
    Serie: Handbooks on globalisation
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.482
    Schlagwort(e): Globalization ; Electronic books
    Anmerkung: Description based on print version record. Includes index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788973593 , 9781788973595
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 202 Seiten)
    Serie: Cities series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.23/1091732
    Schlagwort(e): Cyberspace Social aspects ; Cities and towns Effect of technological innovations on ; Communication Social aspects ; Cities and towns Social aspects ; Internet ; Internet History ; PSYCHOLOGY ; Social Psychology ; Cities and towns ; Effect of technological innovations on ; Cities and towns ; Social aspects ; Communication ; Social aspects ; Cyberspace ; Social aspects ; Internet ; History ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Exploring the history of the Internet, from pre-conception, to the possibilities of an Internet-based future, The Internet City presents ways in which the Internet and urban life intersect. The book interprets how the contemporary city is becoming fully based on Internet technologies in all of its major dimensions: the daily activities of urbanites and urban companies, the operations of urban systems, and the functioning of the upcoming driverless vehicles
    Kurzfassung: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; Figures; Tables; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; PART I Urban connectivity and informational activities; 1. Introduction; 2. Pre-Internet urban connectivity and informational activities; 3. The Internet; PART II Urban Internet applications; 4. The Internet for individual users; 5. The dual-space society; 6. The Internet and companies; 7. The Internet for urban systems; 8. Autonomous vehicles (AVs) and the Internet; PART III Implications of urban Internet applications; 9. Urban perspectives for the Internet-based city; 10. Conclusion; References
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Leverkusen-Opladen : Verlag Barbara Budrich | New York, NY : JSTOR
    ISBN: 9783863884536 , 3863884531
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (345 pages)
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Faust, Friederike Fußball und Feminismus : Eine Ethnografie Geschlechterpolitischer Interventionen
    DDC: 796.334082
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Fußball ; Feminismus ; Soziale Bewegung ; Aktivismus ; Geschlechterpolitik ; Frau ; Fußballverein ; Macht ; Internationale Sportveranstaltung ; Organisation ; Intersektionalität ; Soccer for women ; Feminism and sports ; Soccer Social aspects ; Feminism and sports ; Soccer for women ; Soccer ; Social aspects ; Berlin ; Hochschulschrift ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Cover; Fußball und Feminismus. Eine Ethnografie geschlechterpolitischer Interventionen; Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; 1.1 Theoretische Verortungen; 1.2 Fußball und Feminismus als Forschungsfeld; 1.3 Leitende Frage und Aufbau der Arbeit; 2 Forschungsdesign und methodologische Aussichtspunkte; 2.1 Forschungsprozess, Methoden und multiple Positionen; 2.2 Reflexivität; 2.3 Kollaboration, Ko-Laboration und Kritik; Teil I: Die Entstehung eines günstigen Moments; 3 Theoretische Ausgangspunkte: Friction und Schnittstellen; 4 Verbandsfußball: Historische, geschlechtliche und gesellschaftliche Dimensionen...
    Kurzfassung: 4.1 Fußball als Kultur: Vereinswesen4.2 Aus Geschlechterperspektive: Fußball und Frauen; 4.3 Verwobenheiten: Sport, Staat und Ökonomie; 5 Diskursive Formationen des Fußballs; 5.1 „Fußball verbindet!"; 5.2 „Fußball ist unpolitisch!"; 5.3 „Fußball empowert Frauen!"; 6 Zwischenstand: ein Momentum für Fußball und Feminismus; Teil II: Die Formierung einer Organisation; 7 Theoretische Ausgangspunkte: Organisationen und ihre multiplen Gestalten; 8 Rechtskräftiger Verein und verlässliche Partnerorganisation -- Verwaltungen und Projektförderung...
    Kurzfassung: 8.1 Ein Verein werden: „Es ist ja nicht nur Glaubwürdigkeit"8.2 Arbeit institutionalisieren: „Ihr macht das unglaublich professionell"; 8.3 Sich engagieren: „Selbstständige Köpfe und kräftige Hände"; 9 Städtische Sportveranstaltung und feministische Initiative -- Stadt und Szene; 9.1 Sich stadträumlich verorten: „In the heart of Kreuzberg"; 9.2 Stadträumlich navigieren: „DF ist doch eine Institution hier"; 10 Fußballverein und Amateurin -- Verbandsfußball; 10.1 Eine Alternative bieten: „Selbstorganisiert und transparent"; 10.2 Sich eingliedern: „Den Wettkampf ernst nehmen"...
    Kurzfassung: 11 Expertin und Betroffene -- Social Movement Market11.1 Diskursiv manövrieren: „So ein roter Faden"; 11.2 Strategisch essentialisieren: „Das ist nicht die politische Realität"; 11.3 Netzwerk verwalten: „Beziehungsarbeit"; 11.4 Expertise schaffen: „Mit differenziertem Wissen auftrumpfen"; 11.5 Erfahrung privilegieren: „Wir sind viel sympathischer"; 12 Aktivistin und Fußballerin -- die Mitgliederschaft; 12.2 Subjektivität affirmieren: „Female football activist"; 12.3 Identitäten verhandeln: „Frauen und Lesben"; 13 Mitstreitende und Lernende -- weltweite Frauenfußballinitiativen...
    Kurzfassung: 13.1 Erwartungen auswählen: „Why do you consider football important as a woman*?"13.2 Machtbeziehungen verkomplizieren: „Western women are not more emancipated than Muslim women!"; 13.3 Ähnlichkeiten herstellen: „Wir hatten ganz ähnliche Erfahrungen"; 14 Zwischenstand: Durch multiple Anforderungen navigieren; Teil III: Geschlechterpolitische Interventionen; 15 Theoretische Ausgangspunkte: politisches Handeln und Topografien der Macht; 16 Forderungen stellen; 16.1 Emotional Stellung beziehen: „Figo, we will kill you"; 16.2 Erfahrungen mobilisieren: „What discouraged you?"...
    Anmerkung: 16.3 Privates politisieren: „That is discrimination"
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9781788970044
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 126 Seiten)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Hansen, Anne Vorre Theorizing in organization studies
    DDC: 302.35
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Organizational sociology Research ; Organizational behavior ; Theory (Philosophy) ; Research Methodology ; Organization Research ; Organizational behavior ; Organizational sociology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Interview ; Electronic books ; Organisationstheorie
    Kurzfassung: Foreword by Richard Swedberg -- 1. Presentation and premises -- 2. Engaging in theorizing -- 3. Looking at something : behind the scenes -- interviewing Karl Weick -- 4. Finding your academic family -- 5. Making a contribution -- 6. Key points and practices -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: While many books provide guidance to the construction of theory, the process of theorizing itself has been addressed far less. The aim of this book is to encourage researchers to reflect upon their subjective theorizing practices and to engage in dialogue about theorizing in organization studies. Drawing on interviews with eight key figures in the field, this book provides guidance for how to theorize, and how to do so well, using the key tools of the theorizers. Providing rich insights, these interviews with Professors David Boje, Barbara Czarniawska, Kenneth Gergen, Tor Hernes, Geert Hofstede, Edgar Schein, Andrew Van de Ven and Karl Weick give an opportunity to learn from some of the most successful theorists in the field of organization studies. By addressing aspects of theorizing which seek to make it a personal and meaningful endeavour, this book goes beyond the sole aim of getting published and encourages readers to develop their own unique way of theorizing. This book will be an invaluable tool for graduate researchers and scholars looking to refine their theorizing practices in order to produce outstanding theoretical work. Its insights will also be of use to anyone seeking to breathe new life into their work, with its insightful commentary on the practices of successful theorists
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references (pages 117-122) and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789900934
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 296 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Convenience triangle in white-collar crime
    DDC: 364.168
    Schlagwort(e): White collar crimes ; Fraud investigation ; White collar crime investigation ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Ursache ; Motivation ; Bequemlichkeit
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Stumbling into action research -- 2. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 3. Retaliation against whistleblowers -- 4. Crime in religious organizations -- 5. Convenience triangle in crime -- 6. When fraud examiners fail -- 7. Special sensitivity and neutralization -- 8. Autobiographies by offenders -- 9. Compensation of victims -- 10. Case 1: Office of the sheriff -- 11. Case 2: Pelham property fraud -- 12. Case 3: Nigeria petroleum fraud -- 13: Case 4: Toshiba accounting misconduct -- 14: Case 5 Wells Fargo sales misconduct -- 15: Case 6: Fuji Xerox customer fraud -- 16. Case 7: Olympus accounting misconduct -- 17. Case 8: BP claims attorney misconduct -- 18: Public procurement case -- 19: Executive deviance -- 20. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Studies have shown that the number of individuals being incarcerated for white-collar crime is on the rise, going hand-in-hand with an increase in support for punishment and imprisonment for white-collar offenders among the public. This book aims to discuss the role of the 'convenience triangle' in white-collar crime, how it affects the perpetration of these crimes, the impact of this on detection and prevention and the effects of the punitive measures taken against white-collar criminals. The 'convenience triangle' is the dynamic relationship between motive, opportunity, and willingness to commit a crime, which culminates in the illegal acts that constitute white-collar crime. The relationship between these factors is explored through case studies highlighting each of these six causal relationships. Alongside this, the role of whistleblowing in the detection of white-collar crime, and the issue of incarceration for white collar criminals are discussed. For students of business and management, this book will provide valuable insights into the motivation and practice of white-collar crime. Its insights and discussion will also prove valuable for practitioners, engaged in both management and crime prevention
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119474
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 321 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and context
    DDC: 338.04
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmer ; Entrepreneurship ; Contextualism (Philosophy) ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction: Friederike Welter -- 1. David Smallbone and Friederike Welter (2001), 'The distinctiveness of entrepreneurship in transition economies', Small business economics , 16 - (4), June, 249-62 -- 2. David Smallbone and Friederike Welter (2003), 'Entrepreneurship in transition economies: Necessity or opportunity driven?', Babson-Kauffman entrepreneurship research conference (BKERC) paper , 1-16 -- 3. Leona Achtenhagen and Friederike Welter (2005), '(Re-) constructing the entrepreneurial spirit', Frontiers of entrepreneurship research, Babson college, MA, USA, 104-17 31 -- 4. Friederike Welter and Frank Lasch (2008), 'Entrepreneurship research in Europe: Taking stock and looking forward', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 32 (2), March, 241-8 -- 5. Jürgen Schmude, Friederike Welter and Stefan Heumann (2008), 'Entrepreneurship research in Germany', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 32 - (2), March, 289-311 -- 6. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2008), 'Women's entrepreneurship from an institutional perspective: The case of Uzbekistan', International entrepreneurship and management journal , 4 - (4), December, 505-20 -- 7. Candida G. Brush, Anne de Bruin and Friederike Welter (2009), 'A gender-aware framework for women's entrepreneurship', International journal of gender and entrepreneurship , 1 - (1), 8-24 -- 8. Kerstin Ettl and Friederike Welter (2010), 'Gender, context and entrepreneurial learning', International journal of gender and entrepreneurship , 2 - (2), 108-29 -- 9. Leona Achtenhagen and Friederike Welter (2011), '"Surfing on the ironing board" - The representation of women's entrepreneurship in German newspapers', entrepreneurship and regional development , 23 - (9-10), December, 763-86 -- 10. Lutz Trettin and Friederike Welter (2011), 'Challenges for spatially oriented entrepreneurship research', Entrepreneurship and regional development , 23 (7-8), September, 575-602 -- 11. Friederike Welter (2011), 'Contextualizing entrepreneurship - conceptual challenges and ways forward', Entrepreneurship theory and practice , 35 - (1), January, 165-84 -- 12. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2011), 'Institutional perspectives on entrepreneurial behavior in challenging environments', Journal of small business management , 49 - (1), January, 107-25 -- 13. Friederike Welter (2012), 'All you need is trust? A critical review of the trust and entrepreneurship literature', International small business journal, 30 (3), may, 193-212 -- 14. Friederike Welter and Mirela Xheneti (2013), 'Reenacting contextual boundaries - entrepreneurial resourcefulness in challenging environments', in Andrew C. Corbett and Jerome A. Katz (eds), Entrepreneurial resourcefulness: Competing with constraints (advances in entrepreneurship, firm emergence and growth, volume 15), Bingley, UK: Emerald group publishing ltd, 149-83 -- 15. Friederike Welter, Candida Brush and Anne de Bruin (2014), 'The gendering of entrepreneurship context', Institut für Mittelstandsforschung (IFM) Bonn working paper 01/14, February, 1-23 277 -- 16. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2015), 'Creative forces for entrepreneurship: The role of institutional change agents', Institut für Mittelstandsforschung (IFM) Bonn working paper 01/15, March, 1-29 - 17. Friederike Welter, David Smallbone and Anna Pobol (2015), 'Entrepreneurial activity in the informal economy: A missing piece of the entrepreneurship jigsaw puzzle', Entrepreneurship and regional development, 27 (5-6), 292-306 -- 18. Friederike Welter (2016), 'Wandering between contexts', in David B. Audretsch and Erik E. Lehmann (eds), The routledge companion to the makers of modern entrepreneurship, chapter 19, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 213-32 -- 19. Ted Baker and Friederike Welter (2017), 'Come on out of the ghetto, please! - Building the future of entrepreneurship research', International journal of entrepreneurial behavior and research, 23 (2), 170-84 -- 20. Friederike Welter, Ted Baker, David B. Audretsch and William B. Gartner (2017), 'Everyday entrepreneurship - A call for entrepreneurship research to embrace entrepreneurial diversity', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 41 (3), May, 311-21 -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: This book identifies Friederike Welter's key contribution to entrepreneurship research over recent decades, and shows how her work is contextualised in time and place. The book gives a differentiated understanding of entrepreneurship and contexts, celebrating diversity as well as complexity. The author discusses temporal and spatial contexts and the role of gender for contextualising entrepreneurship, drawing attention to the interplay between history, place, gender alongside the context of researchers and entrepreneurs. Diversity is also highlighted through this contextual approach. This book offers a valuable collection of articles that provide entrepreneurship scholars with a sound basis for further research on entrepreneurship and context. Essential for those interested in exploring the foundations of the entrepreneurship and context theme, Friederike Welter's set of articles highlight the development of this debate. This will be an ideal read for all entrepreneurship scholars and students looking for an accessible review of the topic
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788115384
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 328 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Marketing ; Geschlecht ; Target marketing ; Consumer behavior ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Geschlechterforschung ; Marketing
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction / Susan Dobscha -- 1. A psychological perspective on gendered advertising: content, effectiveness, and effects / Magdalena Zawisza -- 2. Video gaming as a gendered pursuit / Jenna Drenten, Robert L. Harrison and Nicholas J. Pendarvis -- 3. Gender east and west: transnational gender theory and global marketing research / Katherine C. Sredl -- 4. Gender and sexed bodies: embodiment, corporeality, physical mastery and the gaze / Jan Brace-Govan and Shelagh Ferguson -- 5. The hashtaggable body: negotiating gender performance in social media / Lauren Gurrieri and Jenna Drenten -- 6. Patriarchal myths debunked: applying a dialectic of extremes to women's erotic consumption / Luciana Walther -- 7. Critical consumers - discourses of women, sexuality, and objectification / Gry Hongsmark Knudsen -- 8. The TCR perspective of gender: moving from critical theory to an activism-praxis orientation / Laurel Steinfield, Jon Littlefield, Wendy Hein, Catherine Coleman and Linda Tuncay Zayer -- 9. No more mister mom: masculinity and consumption / Jacob Ostberg -- 10. Thinking through feminist theorising: poststructuralist feminism, ecofeminism, and intersectionality / Pauline Maclaran and Lorna Stevens -- 11. Rethinking feminist waves / Alexandra S. Rome, Stephanie O'Donohoe and Susan Dunnett -- 12. Toward (and beyond) LGBTQ+ studies in marketing and consumer research / Jack Coffin, Christian A. Eichert and Ana-Isabel Nolke -- 13. Gender and intersectionality in political marketing / Minita Sanghvi -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Susan Dobscha and the contributors in this Handbook provide a primer and resource for scholars and practitioners keen to develop or enhance their understanding of how gender permeates marketing decisions, consumer experiences, public policy initiatives, and market practices. This Handbook's main objective is to provide a roadmap through the complicated terrain of gender as it pertains to marketing and consumer behavior. The book also emphasizes that the study of gender is not restricted to certain theories, methods, or approaches. The unifying conclusion is that the study of gender is an important topic that has not received the attention it deserves within the marketing discipline; and attention to gender is crucial now more than ever. This book will give marketing scholars the guidance they need to incorporate the topic of gender into their research by highlighting the current conversations that are taking place in the field of marketing, and more importantly, by illuminating the gap in which more scholarship is necessary to increase our understanding of gender complexities
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788110549
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 404 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the sharing economy
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Share Economy ; Tauschwirtschaft ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Regulierung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Crowdfunding ; Soziale Beziehungen ; Cooperation Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sharing Economy ; Wirtschaftssoziologie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: The paradox of the sharing economy, introductory chapter / Russell Belk, Giana Eckhardt and Fleura Bardhi -- The nature of sharing and the sharing economy 1. Situating the sharing economy: Between markets, commons and capital / Adam Arvidsson -- 2. Sharing as an alternative economy activity / Thomas Widlok -- 3. The who and what of sharing: A phenomenological view / Wolfgang Suetzl -- 4. The sharing economy and lifestyle movements / Mikko Laamanen and Stefan Wahlen -- Ownership, access, and collaborative modalities 5. To own or to access: An exploration of sharing and access practices by Arab millennials / Maha Baz Radwan, Georgios Patsiaouras and Michael Saren -- 6. Object history value in the sharing economy / Claris X. Li and Richard J. Lutz -- 7. Guest, friend or colleague? Unpacking relationship norms in collaborative workplaces / Adèle Gruen and Laetitia Mimoun -- 8. Designing the economics of the sharing economy: Towards sustainable management / Ann Light -- Exchange practices in the sharing economy -- 9. The new face of bartering in collaborative networks: The case of Italy's most popular bartering website / Daniele Dalli and Fulvio Fortezza -- 10. Sharing economy to the rescue? The case of timebanking / Carmen Valor and Elani Papaoikonomou -- 11. Crowdfunding: Sharing the entrepreneurial journey / Anirban Mukherjee, Hannah H. Chang, and Amitava Chattopadhyay -- 12. Crowdfunding the development of new products and services / Natalia Drozdova, Seidali Kurtmollaiev and Ingeborg Kleppe -- Hybridity, institutional logics and institutional theory 13. Tracking the institutional logics of the sharing economy / Andrea Gessinger, Christopher Laurell, Christina Oberg and Christian Sandstrom -- 14. Airbnb and hybridized logics of commerce and hospitality / Georg von Richthofen and Eileen Fischer -- 15. The hybrid nature on online facilitated offline sharing / Konstanty Strzyczkowski -- 16. Decentralization as a new framework for the sharing economy / Marc Rocas-Royo -- Legal, regulatory, and public policy considerations 17. Urban mobilities and local regulation: Transportation challenges and promise of the sharing economy / Hugh Bartling -- 18. Should Europe regulate labour platforms in the sharing economy? / Adrian J. Hawley -- 19. Creating value to mitigate disaster harm: How the sharing economy can support consumers and policy makers / Lucie K. Ozanne -- 20. How sharing economy organizations and city governments engage in institutional work and how this shapes sustainability / Oksana Mont, Yulia Voytenko Palgen, and Lucie Zvolska -- Trust, satisfaction, and reputation in the sharing economy 21. Social dilemmas in the sharing economy / Rense Corten -- 22. Leveraging trust on sharing economy platforms: Reputation systems, blockchain technology and cryptocurrencies / Mareike Möhlmann, Timm Teubner, and Antje Graul -- 23. Revisiting satisfaction with collaborative exchanges in the sharing economy / Jérôme Mallargé, Alain DeCrop, and Pietro, Zidda -- 24. Customer goodwill: How perceived competence and rapport influence ewom's diagnosticity of peer-to-peer and professional access-based services / Christine Pitt, Theresa Eriksson, and Kirk Plangger -- Critical perspectives on the sharing economy 25. Constructing the collaborative consumer: The role of digital platforms / Annmarie Ryan and Gabriela Avram -- 26. Performing (in) the community: Accounting, biopower and the sharing economy / Penelope van den Bussche and Jeremy Morales -- 27. The rhetoric of sharing: Managerial literature on the sharing economy / Karolina Mikołajewska-Zając -- 28. Reputation: The 'fictitious commodity' of the sharing economy? / Alessandro Gandini -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "With the radical growth in the ubiquity of digital platforms, the sharing economy is here to stay. This Handbook explores the nature and direction of the sharing economy, interrogating its key dynamics and evolution over the past decade and critiquing its effect on society. Using an interdisciplinary perspective, this Handbook analyses labour, governance, trust and consumption in the contemporary sharing economy. It questions the apparent contradiction between its components: the moral economy of small-scale communal sharing versus the far-flung reaches of the market economy. Chapters explore ways to resolve this paradox, theorizing hybrid economic forms and considering the replacement of human trust inherent in the sharing economy with a transactional reputation economy. Featuring a variety of both conceptual explorations and empirical investigations in a variety of different cross-cultural contexts, this Handbook illustrates how and, more importantly, why the sharing economy has reshaped marketplaces, and will continue to disrupt them as it develops. Written in an accessible style, this thorough Handbook offers crucial insights for researchers across a variety of disciplines interested in the trajectories of modern consumption, as well as students studying the sharing economy. Practitioners, policy makers and public speakers working in and around the sharing economy will also benefit from this book's unique analysis of trends in consumer economics"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786434821
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 479 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on sport governance
    DDC: 796.06/9
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Sportorganisation ; Corporate Governance ; Sports administration ; Sports ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sportverwaltung ; Sport ; Governance
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Research on sport governance: an introduction / Christos Anagnostopoulos and Mathieu Winand -- Part I Principles of good governance in sport -- 2. Assessing sports governance principles and indicators / Jean-Loup Chappelet and Michaël Mrkonjic -- 3. Measuring governance: the sports governance observer / Arnout Geeraert -- 4. Support the implementation of good governance in sport (SIGGS): a European project for National Olympic Committees and national sport federations / Thierry Zintz and Simon Gérard -- 5. SATSport model: an applied and adaptive approach to grassroot sport organisation' governance arrangements / Simone Digennaro, Mark Lowther and Antonio Borgogni -- 6. A cultural perspective on good governance in sport / Vassil Girginov -- 7. Embedding good governance principles in sports governing bodies through a code of ethics: opportunities, pitfalls, and good practices / Els De Waegeneer and Annick Willem -- 8. Intersections of governance and social responsibility in sport / Jonathan Robertson, Stefan Walzel and David Shilbury -- Part II Systemic sport governance -- 9. Governance of sports in Lithuania: empirical findings towards challenging implications / Vilma Čingienė -- 10. Evolution and reformation of China sport governance / Keyu Li and Graham Cuskelly -- 11. International governance of action sports: an organisational legitimacy perspective / Mikhail Batuev and Leigh Robinson -- 12. The governance of the Paralympic movement: an institutional perspective / Simon Gérard, David Legg and Thierry Zintz -- Part III Relationships governance in sport -- 13. Interorganisational network governance in sport / Hagen Wäsche and Anna Gerke -- 14. Breaking down barriers: collaboration in sport governance networks / Ian O'Boyle, David Shibury and Lesley Ferkins -- 15. Examining board-executive relationship in team sport charitable foundations: unpacking trust building through 'exchange currencies' / Christos Anagnostopoulos and Mathieu Winand -- Part IV Sport event governance -- 16. Sport event governance / Milena Parent and Michael Naraine -- 17. The governance of legacy in the Olympic movement: a theoretical framework / Becca Leopkey -- 18. Urban governance of non-mega sport events: a socio-political discourse analysis / James Anderson and Marijke Taks -- Part V Sport governance and businesss implications -- 19. The supporter ownership governance model: empirical insights from English football / Sara Ward and Dan Parnell -- 20. The transformation of German Football Bundesliga Clubs from members' associations towards corporations and their governance implications - the case of Hamburger SV / Stefan Prigge -- 21. China: Emerging football nation, emerging governance issues / Simon Chadwick, Ian Gibson and Tao Jiang -- 22. Olympic brand governance: future research directions / Benoit Seguin and Gashaw Abeza -- Part VI Sport board governance -- 23. Strategies for change: a Presidential perspective on governing the NCAA / Jimmy Smith -- 24. What do you mean it hasn't worked out, yet?: the paradoxes of women in sport governance research / Larena Hoeber and Sally Shaw -- 25. The governance of the board of national governing bodies in high performance sport / Veerle De Bosscher and Popi Sotiriadou -- 26. Succession and good governance / Tracy Taylor and Leigh Robinson -- 27. Board dynamics in nonprofit sport organizations: contemporary research directions / Shannon Kerwin and Alison Doherty -- Part VII Reflections -- 28. Directions for future research in sport governance / Mathieu Winand and Christos Anagnostopoulos -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Recent scandals across the word of sport can be directly related to poor governance. This Research Handbook gathers the state-of-the-art research on sport governance by leading international scholars on various issues across various sports, offering a vital reference point for advancing research. Illustrating different approaches and perspectives such as good governance principles, systemic governance, political governance and network governance, chapters suggest research-informed practical solutions to current problems within sport organisations. Covering sport event governance, business implications, corporate social responsibility for enhancing good governance and extended board management, specific directions for further research are provided for each topic under examination. This is the essential reference for all sport governance researchers. It will also be insightful for sport governing bodies and administrators looking for advice on improving good governance in sport institutions
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972321
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 183 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for social entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.408
    Schlagwort(e): Sozialwirtschaft ; Social entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Exploring the terrain of social entrepreneurship: New directions, paths less travelled / Anne de Bruin and Simon Teasdale -- 2. An evolutionary perspective on social entrepreneurship 'ecosystems' / Michael J. Roy and Richard Hazenberg -- 3. Spectres of marketization? The prospect of the national disability insurance scheme in Australia / Chris Mason -- 4. Social enterprises and democracy in countries with transitional or authoritarian regimes / Angela M. Eikenberry -- 5. Measuring impact in social entrepreneurship: Developing a research agenda for the 'practice turn' in impact assessment / Jarrod Ormiston and Erin Castellas -- 6. When form follows function: Governing for good / Deborah Burand -- 7. Community perspectives on social entrepreneurship / Helen Haugh and Andrew Brady -- 8. Collective social entrepreneurship / Roger Spear -- 9. Inclusive value chain development: The role of social enterprise hybrids in smallholder value chains / Bob Doherty and Pichawadee Kittipanya-Ngam -- 10. Social enterprises as rural development actors / Robyn Eversole and Mary Duniam -- 11. Social and ecological entrepreneurship in a circular economy: The need for understanding transitional agency / Malin Henriksson, Martin Hultman, Nils Johansson, Anna Kaijser and Björn Wallsten -- 12. Gender and social entrepreneurship research: Contemporary themes / Kate V. Lewis and Colette Henry -- 13. Māori indigenous research: Impacting social enterprise and entrepreneurship / Ella Henry and Léo-Paul Dana -- 14. Social entrepreneurship in the middle east and north Africa / Ghadah Alarifi, Paul Robson and Endrit Kromidha -- 15. Hybrid social entrepreneurship in emerging economies - a research agenda / Diane Holt and Bev Meldrum -- 16. Social entrepreneurship through the lens of the 'everyday': Inquiring the rhythms of female micro-credit recipients / Pascal Dey and Laurent Marti -- 17. The times of social innovation - fictional expectation, precautionary expectation and social imaginary / Rafael Ziegler -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. In the last two decades social entrepreneurship has grown in energy and impact as entrepreneurial spirit has increasingly turned to finding solutions for social, cultural and environmental issues. As social entrepreneurship has grown in popularity, so too has its academic study. A Research Agenda for Social Entrepreneurship brings together contributions from developing paths in the field to signpost the directions ahead for the study of social entrepreneurship. Moving beyond mainstream approaches to entrepreneurship, this innovative and insightful book offers a unique view into the contemporary state of social entrepreneurship research. Impressive and diverse, this book explores not only established research, but also draws out implications for social entrepreneurship from legal scholarship, gender studies and indigenous research, as well as investigating regional contexts. Moreover, the contributors take inspiration from emerging societal trends, such as the circular economy and the turn of entrepreneurship to ecology and the environment. Featuring diverse insights from different disciplinary and geographical perspectives, this book is invaluable to students of social entrepreneurship at all levels who are in need of a broad and cutting-edge overview of the topics. Researchers seeking original research topics and questions will benefit from this book's insight into the future of the subject. The accessible style will also serve social entrepreneurs themselves, offering a fascinating exploration of the many pathways for social entrepreneurship
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118835
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 211 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Williams, Colin C., 1961 - Dependent self-employment
    DDC: 658.041
    Schlagwort(e): Selbstständige ; Atypische Beschäftigung ; Contracting out ; Self-employed ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction -- Part I: Theorizing dependent self-employment -- 2. Dependent self-employment in broader context: Trends in employment -- 3. Dominant depictions of dependent self-employment -- Part II: Dependent self-employment in practice -- 4. Prevalence and trends -- 5. Who engages in dependent self-employment? -- 6. Working conditions of the dependent self-employed -- Part III: Policy options -- 7. Approaches towards addressing the misclassification of employment -- 8. The wider context: Employment and social protection -- 9. Conclusions -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Dependent self-employment is widely perceived as a rapidly growing form of precarious work conducted by marginalised lower-skilled workers subcontracted by large corporations. Unpacking a comprehensive survey of 35 European countries, Colin C. Williams and Ioana Alexandra Horodnic map the lived realities of the distribution and characteristics of dependent self-employment to challenge this broad and erroneous perception. Featuring rigorous empirical research, Dependent Self-Employment moves beyond the reliance on anecdotal evidence to fill in gaping lacunae in our understanding of employment. Reporting on the European Working Conditions Survey of 2015, this impressive book provides a crucial contribution to our understanding of dependent self-employment in the 21st century, challenging not only academic perceptions, but also depictions of work in the media and political discourse. The authors expertly navigate the 'grey zone' of defining dependent self-employment, embracing the spectrum of employment relationships and outlining the limits to the rights and authority of the dependently self-employed. Bold and comprehensive, this timely book offers critical insight for researchers at all levels exploring the nature and distribution of employment in Europe. Given the current public debates on the platform economy, this book will also prove useful for practitioners and policy-makers in labour inspectorates, tax administrations and social security institutions worldwide"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9781786439017
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 374 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Elgar introduction to theories of human resources and employment relations
    DDC: 658.3
    Schlagwort(e): Personalmanagement ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Personnel management ; Supervision of employees ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Theories used in employment relations and human resource management / Keith Townsend, Aoife M. McDermott, Kenneth Cafferkey and Tony Dundon -- 2. Marxism at work / Roger Seifert -- 3. Neo-pluralism in contemporary employment relations and HRM: The case for workplace and academic dialogue / Peter Ackers -- 4. Applying scientific management to modern HRM and ER / Niall Cullinane and Jean Cushen -- 5. Cracking labour process theory in employment relations and HRM / Shiona Chillas and Alina Baluch -- 6. The legacy of the human relations school: Looking back and moving forward / Sarah Jenkins -- 7. The theory of high-performance work systems / Peter Boxall and Meng-Long Huo -- 8. Systems theory: Forgotten legacy and future prospects / Brian Harney -- 9. Evolutionary psychological theory and human resource management / Andrew Timming -- 10. Personnel economics: Managing human resources through performance-related pay / Victoria Wass -- 11. Advances in labour regulation theory / Peter Waring and Mark Bray -- 12. Institutional theory, business systems and employment relations / Geoffrey Wood and Matthew Allen -- 13. Varieties of capitalism / Glenn Morgan and Heike Doering -- 14. Human resource management and paradox theory / Anne Keegan, Julia Brandl and Ina Aust -- 15. Revisiting human capital theory: Progress and prospects / Jonathan Winterton and Kenneth Cafferkey -- 16. Feminist theory and employment relations / Anne-Marie Greene -- 17. Trust, distrust and human resource management / Neve Iseava, Colin Hughes and Mark Saunders -- 18. Social exchange theory, employment relations and human resource management / Christine Cross and Tony Dundon -- 19. Using role theory to understand and solve employment relations and human resources problems / Qian Yi Lee, Keith Townsend, Ashlea Troth and Rebecca Loudoun -- 20. Fairness in the workplace: Organisational justice and the employment relationship / Melinda Laundon, Paula McDonald and Abby Cathcart -- 21. Ability, motivation, and opportunity theory: A formula for employee performance? / Ashlea Kellner, Kenneth Cafferkey and Keith Townsend -- 22. The resource-based view approach and HRM / Keith Whitfield -- 23. LMX and HRM: A multi-level review of how LMX is used to explain employment relationships / Anna Bos-Nehles and Mieke Audenaert -- 24. Social mobilisation theory in HR and employment relations / Lorraine Ryan, Caroline Murphy and Daniel Troy -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This Elgar Introduction provides an overview of some of the key theories that inform human resource management and employment relations as a field of study. Leading scholars in the field explore theories in the context of contemporary debates concerning policies that affect and regulate work and the management of employment, as well as the activities and experiences of actors within the employment relationship. The book is divided into three sections to capture different theoretical lenses used to reflect on HRM and ER concerns about work: systems and historical development; institutions; and people and processes. Expert contributors have drawn on extensive research experience to present a contemporary understanding of a range of theories, how they evolved, and how they might be used in the future. Essential reading for HRM, ER and management scholars and research students, this book challenges readers to reassess their thinking about the significance of theory in research and practice"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786436894
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Logue, Danielle, 1979 - Theories of social innovation
    DDC: 658.408
    Schlagwort(e): Öffentliche Güter ; Sozialer Wandel ; Organisatorischer Wandel ; Social Innovation ; Social responsibility of business ; Organizational change ; Social change ; Progress ; Electronic books ; Ethik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction: The aim and structure of the book -- 1. Social innovation and its contemporary evolution -- 2. Social innovation as social value creation, capture and distribution -- 3. Social innovation as polysemous -- 4. Social innovation as institutional change -- 5. Social innovation: Morality, markets and theories of impact -- 6. Social innovation: Tensions in purpose and practice -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "As we grapple with how to respond to some of the world's most pressing problems, there is growing global interest in 'social innovation' as a potential solution. But what exactly is 'social innovation'? And how can it help us to think about problems such as inequality, poverty and climate change? Danielle Logue theorizes social innovation as a contemporary manifestation of the historical tensions between 'economy' and 'society' and the simultaneous pursuit of economic and social progress. Going back to the historical work of Adam Smith and his discussion of markets and morality, the author draws on organizational and management theory to present three theoretical lenses for understanding social innovation. These lenses include theorizing social innovation as social value creation, capture and distribution; social innovation as polysemous; and social innovation as institutional change. She then considers some of the current issues confronting social innovation in practice and the challenges for organizations in 'doing good' and 'being good'. This generative introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics. It aims to stimulate further discussion and analysis by providing a comprehensive understanding of social innovation and a choice of frameworks when examining complex and wicked problems and the organization and management of efforts to solve them"--
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9781786438232
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: New horizons in entrepreneurship
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The role and impact of entrepreneurship education
    DDC: 338.04071
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Gründungsausbildung ; Business education ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Businesspeople Education ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction: entrepreneurial trends meet entrepreneurial education / Dafna Kariv, Harry Matlay and Alain Fayolle -- Part I: The key role of entrepreneurial pedagogies -- 2. 'I'm a designer, get me out of here': can entrepreneurial education advance through learning from design education? / Andrew Penaluna and Kathryn Penaluna -- 3. A portfolio of integrative and reinforcing pedagogies / Mark P. Rice and William C. Stitt -- 4. Beyond content and pedagogy: the role of self and place in entrepreneurial leadership development / Louisa Huxtable-Thomas and Paul D. Hannon -- 5. Explicit and tacit knowledge transfer in entrepreneurial education: the method approach / Michele O'Dwyer, Yvonne Costin and Briga Hynes -- Part II: Why do entrepreneurship teachers matter? -- 6. A study of the entrepreneurship education curriculum adaptation process among in-service vocational education teachers / Muhammad Zaheer Asghar, Paula Kyrö and Fariha Gul -- 7. Developing entrepreneurship education in Europe: teachers' commitment to entrepreneurship education in the UK, Finland and Spain / Jaana Seikkula-Leino, Elena Ruskovaara, Timo Pihkala, Iván Diego Rodríguez and Jane Delfino -- 8. Enhancing students' latent nascent entrepreneurship in basic education / Lenita Hietanen and Heikki Ruismäki -- 9. Teachers as role models in entrepreneurship education: perspectives from the point of view of entrepreneurs / Paula San-Martín, Ana Fernández-Laviada and Andrea Pérez -- Part III: The effectiveness of entrepreneurship education -- 10. Providing effective entrepreneurship education: a UK perspective / Paul Jones, David Pickernell, Rebecca Connolly and Celia Netana -- 11. The assessment of transversal competences in entrepreneurship education / Elena Luppi and Daniela Bolzani -- 12. Entrepreneurship education as perspective transformation / Colin Jones and Harry Matlay -- 13. Over one hundred years in management education: the evolution processes of academic entrepreneurship / Christian Keen, Valeriano Sanchez-Famoso, Luis Cisneros and Jorge-Humberto Mejia-Morelos -- Part IV: Innovative programmes in entrepreneurship education -- 14. The rising tide angel training program: education for the ecosystem (not just for the entrepreneur!) / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 15. University business incubators: mechanisms to transform ideas into businesses / María Redondo and Carmen Camarero -- 16. Prospects and challenges of disruptive innovation in the management and social science academic curriculum: a case study approach / Yael Israel-Cohen and Oren Kaplan -- 17. Educating sustainable entrepreneurship: the case of the University of Groningen / Gjalt de Jong -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Offering an empirically rigorous perspective on actionable approaches to entrepreneurship education, including learning, teaching and assessment methods, this book aims to bridge the gap between the theory and practice of entrepreneurship education as it relates to local, regional, national and international contexts. An impressive team of leading international authorities and acclaimed experts provides a comprehensive and in-depth exploration of the role and impact of entrepreneurship education in industrially developed and developing countries as well as transition economies. Incorporating a wealth of new, emergent and innovative techniques, this book will allow teachers to effectively encourage future entrepreneurs to realize their ideas and intentions, and to convert them into successful and sustainable small businesses. An excellent addition to current entrepreneurship education literature, this book will be of interest to entrepreneurship teachers, postgraduate and doctoral students, as well as graduate entrepreneurs, for its useful empirical basis, in addition to extensive theoretical and practical knowledge
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9781786432711
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 469 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: New horizons in management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Women, business and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    Schlagwort(e): Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Personalführung ; Geschlecht ; Women executives ; Leadership in women ; Businesswomen ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I Leadership and authority: women at the helm -- 1. Women's entrepreneurship: discussing legal perspectives in light of individual and institutional drivers / Ulrike Fasbender and Yue Ang -- 2. Women in management and on corporate boards of directors: accelerating progress / Ronald Burke -- 3. Women leaders in times of economic crisis: leadership style, career self-efficacy and job insecurity / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Nikolaos Drosos -- 4. For better or worse - HR practices and women in leadership / Sanjee Perera -- 5. Gender and authentic leadership: antecedents and consequences of leaders' emotional labor / Laura Diana Wojtas, Judith Kampa and Kathleen Otto -- 6. Gender and leadership in education / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Marioleni Apergi -- 7. Goddess Athena as leader and mentor in Homeric epics / Christos-Thomas Kechagias and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 8. Transpersonal business leadership, global information economies and diversity / Iris Rittenhofer -- 9. Understanding women's entrepreneurial leadership in the context of families in business / Allan Discua Cruz, Eleanor Hamilton and Sarah L. Jack -- Part II Experience: how women in business and management negotiate their position -- 10. Networking and gender equality in academic leadership / Paula Burkinshaw and Kate White -- 11. Gender specific networking: mind the gap / L. Weis, Alixe Lay and Adrian Furnham -- 12. Female managers with male-type behaviour / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Virginia Aggelou -- 13. Gender norm enforcement at work / Jason C. Potwora and Tahira M. Probst -- 14. ''Don't you know that it's different for girls?'': a dynamic exploration of trust, breach and violation for women enroute to the top / Rosalind Searle, Ruth Sealy and Beverley Hawkins -- 15. Experiencing a secret career in healthcare science / Valerie Bevan -- 16. Pregnancy in the workplace: the role of stigmas, discrimination and identity management / Pamela Perrewé, Shara R. Daniels, Kaylee J. Hackney and Liam Maher -- 17. Pushback: negative career development experiences of United States post-tenure female faculty 1988-2011 / Shani Carter and Cathyann Tully -- Part III Constraints: structural and cultural impediments affecting women's career advancement -- 18. Shattering the stained glass ceiling: women leaders in the church of England / Caroline Gatrell and Nigel Peyton -- 19. The Steep way to the top - barriers to female leadership in tall hierarchical organizations / Sofia Schlamp, Fabiola H. Gerpott and Sven Voelpel -- 20. The psychological and social implications of the gender-wage gap / Ritsa Ventouratou -- 21. Stereotype threat: impacts for women at work / Tahira Probst and Lindsey Lavaysse -- 22. Attitudes toward women managers and female authority: an empirical study among women managers in Greece / Nikolaos Drosos and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 23. Another financial crisis?: the underrepresentation of women in UK financial services / Elaine Dunn -- 24. Women as leaders and managers in sports: understanding key career enablers and constraints in the British horseracing industry / Ulrike Fasbender and Kate Clayton-Hathway -- 25. Lifetime disadvantage requires lifetime solutions / Malcolm Sargeant and Susan Bisom-Rapp -- 26. A blind spot in organization studies: gender with ethnicity, nationality and religion: gender in management: an international journal, 28(3), 151-170 / Riza Arifeen and Caroline Gatrell -- Contents.
    Kurzfassung: This book explores the range of challenges faced by women in business and leadership today, identifying how far we need to progress before women in business experience the same level of advancement as men. Including a range of different viewpoints, the book analyses women's position at work from three perspectives: the constraints affecting women's career advancements, gender-specific challenges to women in leadership roles, and women's experiences of undertaking these roles while trying to maintain a work-life balance. By highlighting the specific disadvantages relating to gender, chapters outline the extent of change needed culturally, as well as through policy and attitude, if women are to achieve parity with their male counterparts. Researchers and students of gender in management, leadership and organisation studies will find this a thought-provoking read, particularly those studying work-family balance and the future paths to breaking the glass ceiling for women in business
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben und Index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9780857938602
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 580 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on distribution channels
    Schlagwort(e): Vertriebsweg ; Branchenentwicklung ; Marketing channels ; Business logistics ; Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Absatzweg
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface / Charles A. Ingene and James R. Brown -- 1. Introduction -- James R. Brown and Charles A. Ingene / Part I: Location in a value chain: conceptual and analytical perspectives -- 2. Choosing value-chain locations in marketing channels: integrating service-dominant logic and product-form strategy perspectives / Mrinal Ghosh, Kellilynn M. Frias and Robert F. Lusch -- 3. Optimal channel structure of a proprietary component manufacturer: the impact of price- versus quantity-competition / Ngan N. Chau and Ramarao Desiraju -- 4. Platform retailing: from offline "stores within a store" to online "marketplaces" / Kinshuk Jerath and Z. John Zhang -- Part II: Organizational control, learning and conflict -- 5. Organizational control in marketing channels: a meta-analytic review / James R. Brown and Jody L. Crosno -- 6. Organizational learning and inter-organizational knowledge transfer / Ravipreet S. Sohi and A. Lynn Matthews -- 7. Managing channel conflict: insights from the current literature / Kamran Eshghi and Sourav Ray -- Part III: Analytical approaches to multi-channel research -- 8. Modeling multichannel supply chain management with marketing mixes: a survey / Gangshu (George) Cai, Yue Dai and Wenzhu Zhang -- 9. Information management and contract design under supplier encroachment / Zhuoxin Li, Stephen Gilbert and Guoming Lai -- Part IV: Modelling channel coordination -- 10. Models of channel coordination / S. Chan Choi, Ju Myung Song, Xiaowei Xu and Yao Zhao -- 11. Interpretation of product differentiation in linear demand functions / Sang-June Park and Richard Staelin -- 12. Social preferences and distribution channels / Tony Haitao Cui, Paola Mallucci, Jagmohan Raju and Z. John Zhang -- Part V: Channel relationships -- 13. Relationship dynamics: understanding continuous and discontinuous relationship change / Colleen M. Harmeling and Robert W. Palmatier -- 14. Business buyers are people too: phenomenology and symbolic interaction in buyer relationships / Mark B. Houston, Christopher P. Blocker and Daniel J. Flint -- 15. Performance impact of distribution expansion: a review and research agenda / Jonathan D. Hibbard, Manish Kacker & Farhad Sadeh -- Part VI: Conceptual approaches to channel design and governance -- 16. A transaction cost approach to channel design with application to multi-channels settings / George John, Madhu Viswanathan and Mrinal Ghosh -- 17. Trust-based hybrid governance in geographical indication supply chains / Alan J. Malter and Pelin Bicen -- 18. Resale price maintenance after Leegin: Marketing literatures for future research / Gregory T. Gundlach and Rachel E. Paul -- Part VII: Conceptual approaches to multi-channel research -- 19. Design and management of multi-channel distribution in B2b Environments / Alberto Sa Vinhas & Jean Johnson -- 20. Franchising research in marketing: suggestions for future research / Sudha Mani, Kenneth H. Wathne and Kersi D. Antia -- 21. An empirical examination of the dark side of relationship marketing within a business-to-business context / Brent L. Baker, Rajiv P. Dant and Scott K. Weaven -- Part VIII: Conceptualizing distribution channels -- 22. Putting it all together: a conceptual framework for integrating distribution channels research / James R. Brown and Charles A. Ingene -- 23. Conceptualizing a comprehensive theory of distribution channels / Charles A. Ingene and James R. Brown -- Postscript "a gentle giant: he was taken from us too young, too early" / James R. Brown and Charles A. Inge -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Distribution channels are the most complex element of the marketing mix to fully grasp and to profitably manage. In this Handbook the authors present cutting-edge research on channel management and design from analytical, conceptual, and empirical perspectives. The ultimate objective of this Handbook is a comprehensive theory of distribution channels for scholars presented in enlightened surveys of the literature to tightly reasoned investigations. Channel management topics include value creation, interorganizational knowledge transfer, contract design, governance and control, and relationship management. Channel design topics encompass coordination, supply-chain management, price vs. quantity competition, channel breadth, franchising, resale price maintenance, and bricks-and-mortar vs. online retailer competition. The book concludes with a sketch of a Comprehensive Theory of Distribution Channels meant to incorporate and extend current thinking. The breadth of this Handbook makes it appropriate for use in a doctoral course on distribution channels, or as a knowledge-broadening resource for faculty and researchers who wish to understand types of channels research that are outside the scope of their own approach to distribution
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116411
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 206 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - How to teach entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04071
    Schlagwort(e): Gründungsausbildung ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword by Andy Penaluna -- Introduction -- Part I The players -- 1. Know yourself -- 2. Know your activity environment -- 3. Know your students -- Part II Rules of the game -- 4. Scholarship of teaching and learning -- 5. Contemporary frameworks -- 6. Seeing the rules -- Part III: Playing the game -- 7. Determine your purpose -- 8. Strategic choice -- 9. Effective practices -- Part IV Scoring the game -- 10. Qualitative standards -- 11. Improving your game -- 12. Teach who you are -- Appendices -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Just how should we teach entrepreneurship? This important book provides many of the answers to this challenging question. In developing the first signature pedagogy for entrepreneurship education, Colin Jones unites the contexts of enterprise and education at the intersection of scholarship, transformational learning and student engagement. Good teaching for entrepreneurship is shown to emerge both from the educator and the students' interest. For the educator, a process of scholarly leading is required to support student interest - from the alternate perspective, students require a willingness to welcome uncertainty and challenge the existing boundaries to effectively develop a capacity for self-negotiated action. A key guide for all entrepreneurship lecturers and tutors, written for all teaching contexts, this book will challenge you to teach 'who you are', as well as what you know
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9781788113601
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 349 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook on customer centricity
    Schlagwort(e): Kundenbindung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Marketing ; Customer relations ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kundenorientierung ; Organisationsstruktur ; Reorganisation ; Kundenbindung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Kundenmanagement
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction to the Handbook on Customer Centricity -- Robert w. Palmatier, Christine Moorman, and Ju-Yeon Lee -- Part I: Organizational design perspectives on customer centricity -- 2. Customer centricity: A multi-year journey / Ajay K. Kohli, Bernie J. Jaworski, and Nabil Shabshab -- 3. Market-oriented culture and customer feedback processes / Neil A. Morgan, Bruce H. Clark, and Douglas W. Vorhies -- 4. Service innovation from the frontlines in customer-centric organizations / Ozlem Ozkok, Jagdip Singh, Kwanghui Lim and Simon J. Bell -- 5. Designing customer-centric organization structures: Toward the fluid marketing organization / Ju-Yeon Lee and George S. Day -- 6. Customer-centric sales organizations / Park Thaichon and Scott Weaven -- Part II: Relational perspectives on customer centricity -- 7. Customer-centric marketing: What, how, and why do customer habits matter? / Denish Shah and Ayan Ghosh Dastidar -- 8. Designing and effectively managing customer-centric loyalty programs / J. Andrew Petersen, Rajkumar Venkatesan and Farnoosh Khodakarami -- 9. Building customer-centric marketing channel relationships: A model of reseller motivation and control / David I. Gilliland and Stephen K. Kim -- 10. Customer centricity and customer co-creation in services: The double-edged effects / Chi Kin (Bennett) Yim, Kimmy Wa Chan, Caleb H. Tse, and Fine F. Leung -- Part III: Branding and technology perspectives on customer centricity -- 11. Infusing brands and branding into customer centricity / Kevin Lane Keller -- 12. Customer centricity and the impact of technology / P.K. Kannan and Xian Gu -- 13. Enhancing customer centricity via 3D printing / Aric Rindfleisch and Subin Im -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Drawing on the expertise of leading marketing scholars, this book provides managers and researchers with insights into the fundamentals of customer centricity and how firms can develop it. Customer centricity is not just about segmentation or short-term marketing tactics. Rather, it represents an organization-wide philosophy that focuses on the systematic and continuous alignment of the firm's internal architecture, strategy, capabilities, and offerings with external customers. This philosophy means that to be truly customer-centric, firms need to make multilevel transformations in internal architecture and organizational design, including leadership, metrics, incentives, structure, processes, and systems. These reorganizations are often accompanied by reshaped relational strategies, such as customer loyalty programs and marketing channel strategies that make customer centricity a reality. These changes also need to be backed by reconfigurations of brand and technological capabilities, as manifested in healthy customer-centric brands and in technology systems and skills that enable customer centricity at scale. The contributors to this book provide current thinking and cutting-edge research to further scholars' understanding of this key concept in marketing. Academics teaching or researching customer centricity, consultants implementing customer centricity and managers directly implementing customer centricity in their organizations will come to rely on the Handbook of Customer Centricity. Marketing associations, industry associations and local and university libraries will find the insights within offer critical reflection on the key features of customer centricity and the detailed roadmap to achieve it"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118774
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 327 Seiten)
    Serie: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Handbooks of Research Methods in Management series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Arbeitsbedingungen ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Job satisfaction ; Employee morale ; Personnel management ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1 Introduction: Researching the quality of working / Lives Daniel Wheatley -- Part I: Researching the quality of working lives: Philosophical, conceptual and practical considerations 2. Generating and measuring impact: Insights from research on the quality of working lives / Carol Atkinson -- 3. Using a lifecourse approach to research patterns of paid and unpaid work / Irene Hardill and Daniel Wheatley -- 4. Reviewing measurement instruments in job insecurity research: Perceived job insecurity and the gender lens perspective / Pinar Bayhan Karapinar, Selin Metin Camgöz and Ozge Tayfur Ekmekci -- 5. Accessing and understanding autism spectrum conditions in the workplace / Anne Cockayne -- 6. Research ethics when research on unpaid labour finds the elephant in the room: Negotiating violence encountered when conducting fieldwork / Irene Sotiropoulou -- Part II: Qualitative research methods on the quality of working lives 7. Accessing 'hard to reach groups' and emotions in the research process: 'work an honest day and get the usual raw deal' / Andrew Smith and Jo McBride -- 8. Using discursive methods to research the quality of working lives / Cath Sullivan -- 9. Observing neo-villeiny and other forms of non-standard work / Geraint Harvey -- 10. Ethnographic methods with limited access: Assessing quality of work in hard to reach jobs / Adam Badger and Jamie Woodcock -- 11. Using case study research to capture the quality of working lives / John Burgess and Julia Connell -- 12. Combining gendered strategies, a narrative approach and coaching: Examining the effect of behavioural ambidexterity on individual well-being and high performance work / Ani Raiden and Christine Räisänen -- Part III: Quantitative research methods on the quality of working lives210 13. Effective use of secondary quantitative data sources / Chris Lawton -- 14. Secondary data analysis of large survey data: Researching the quality of paid and unpaid working lives / Tracey Warren -- 15. Quantitative methods of examining the impact of the physical work environment / Elizabeth J. Sander, Alannah E. Rafferty and Peter J. Jordan -- 16. Using the Oaxaca-blinder decomposition to quantitatively assess the gender pay gap / Michaela Fuchs, Anja Rossen, Antje Weyh and Gabriele Wydra-Somaggio -- 17. Econometric analysis of educational mismatch and earnings using survey data from Ghana / Christian K. Darko and Kennedy K. Abrokwa -- Part IV: Mixed methods research on the quality of working lives 18. Use of quantitative and qualitative methods to research migrant workers in low-skilled work / Anne Green -- 19. Conducting small scale primary mixed methods research into the impacts of work-related travel / Craig Bickerton -- 20. Evaluating new techniques of evidence-based management using narrative evidence synthesis / Adrian Madden, Catherine Bailey, Luke Fletcher and Kerstin Alfes -- 21. Using occupational history calendars in semi-structured interviews to capture long working lives: A small sample approach using sequence analysis / Fiona Carmichael, Jo Duberley and Lorna Porcellato -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The growing diversity of contemporary paid work has provoked increased interest in understanding and evaluating the quality of working lives. This Handbook provides critical reflections on recent research in the field, including examining the inextricable links between working life and well-being. The Handbook offers comprehensive support to researchers working in quantitative, qualitative and mixed-methods traditions. Drawing from an international evidence base, the contributors use examples of research into key contemporary issues such as the gendered nature of work, skills mismatch, job insecurity, work-life balance, flexibility, the gig-economy and the physical work environment. Chapters explore how research methods have been used to investigate aspects of both paid and unpaid work, raising further questions and highlighting limitations. The Handbook of Research Methods on the Quality of Working Lives is an essential resource for all those involved in areas that study, or touch on, the quality of working lives. It will benefit both new and experienced researchers inside and outside academia and across disciplines such as economics, human resource management, psychology and social policy"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788115681
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 430 Seiten)
    Serie: New horizons in management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on the psychological contract at work
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Implizite Kontrakte ; Arbeitsverhalten ; Industrieforschung ; Employee motivation ; Employee attitude surveys ; Personnel management ; Psychology, Industrial ; Management Psychological aspects ; Corporate culture ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: The psychological contract is considered a critical construct in organizational behavior literature because it informs employee emotions, attitudes, and behaviors in the workplace. Although the psychological contract has been explored extensively over the last 50 years, numerous theoretical, conceptual, empirical, methodological, and analytical changes have pushed the field forward. As such, it is time to take stock and move forward. The contributors to this Handbook explore in detail this important component of modern management thinking
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781788977913
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 131 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Elgar footprints in human resource management and employment relations
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Timming, Andrew R. Human resource management and evolutionary psychology
    Schlagwort(e): Personnel management Psychological aspects ; Evolutionary psychology ; Electronic books ; Physiologische Psychologie ; Evolutionspsychologie ; Personalpolitik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. The evolutionary psychology of human resource management -- 2. Understanding the evolutionary bases of workplace mobbing behavior: a bio-psycho-social model -- 3. Skin tone as a cue to employability: sociology against evolutionary psychology -- 4. Gender fluidity at work: is sexual dimorphism an advantage in the labor market? -- 5. The effect of facial (a)symmetry on employment chances: smarter, healthier, sexier, more productive? -- 6. Unconscious bias and the future of hrm decision-making -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Answering pressing questions regarding employee selection and mobbing culture in the workplace, Andrew R. Timming explores the unique intersection of the biological sciences and human resource management. With a rich set of theoretical and empirical chapters, the author shines an innovative light on the fields of human resource management, organizational behavior and evolutionary psychology, engaging with the nature vs. nurture debate as well as offering a ground-breaking explanation for workplace bullying, unconscious bias, and employee selection decision-making. At times poignant and controversial, the book illustrates the dark side of human nature, with a unique focus on our primordial instincts. An excellent exploration into an emerging area, this Footprint will be ideal for human resource management and organizational behavior academics, as well as those interested in applied evolutionary, social, organizational, and experimental psychology
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references (pages 100-131)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786439758
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on boards of directors
    Schlagwort(e): Board of Directors ; Führungsstil ; Boards of directors ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 1. "when in Rome, do as the Romans do"? A call for more context sensitive research on boards of directors / Jonas Gabrielsson, Wafa Khlif and Sibel Yamak -- Part I: The inside -- Board behaviour and performance -- 2. Board informal hierarchy and board performance / Dennis B. Veltrop and Eric Molleman -- 3. Dealing with strategic tensions on the board: The role of the chair in fostering engagement and debate / Filipe Morais, Andrew Kakabadse and Nada K. Kakabadse -- 4. The determinants of trust in the boardroom / Michael A. Ogunseyin, Stuart S. Farquhar and Silke Machold -- 5. Narcissism: A covert threat to functional board dynamics / Joanna Pousset -- 6. Opening the black box of boards of directors: Taking stock of recent studies on board dynamics / Alessandro Zattoni and Amedeo Pugliese -- Boards in family firms -- 7. Family directors monitoring non-family managers: The impact of family representation in the board of directors on ceo replacement decisions after poor performance / Daniel Pittino and Francesca Visintin -- 8. Analysing the board of directors in family firms: An integrated framework for future research directions / Alessandro Cirillo and Donata Mussolino -- Part II: The outside -- Re-visiting the concept of independence -- 9. Independent directors: Experience and value in contrasting economic contexts / Philippa Wells, Abdul Moyeen and Coral Ingley -- 10. The management of independent directors: A praxis hypothesis / Sven-Olof Yrjö Collin and Elin Smith -- Interconnections and impacts -- 11. Board of directors: Building relationships with non-shareholder stakeholders / Monique Cikaliuk, Ljiljana Eraković, Brad Jackson, Chris Noonan and Susan Watson -- 12. The changing role of the chairperson of the board: An analysis of business press articles in UK, USA and Germany / Alexander Meineke, Karin Hellerstedt and Mattias Nordqvist -- 13. Multiple board memberships and the inner circle in family business groups / Behlül Üsdiken and Özlem Yildirim-Öktem -- 14. The effect of the Introduction of the gender quota regulation among public limited companies' boards in norway: Taking stock, looking ahead / Eskil Goldeng, Alessandra Rigolini and Patricia Gabaldon -- Part III: The environments -- National contexts -- 15. Governance research and practice in the 21st century: Taking stock of board reforms / Marta A. Geletkanycz and Brian K. Boyd -- 16. Institutions, governance, and strategy in a changing global landscape: The case of boards of directors in large listed firms in France / Nikolaos Kavadis and Xavier Castañer -- 17. Board of directors within African contexts: Current perspectives and key directions for future research / Konan Anderson Seny Kan -- 18. Roles and tasks of German supervisory boards: An exploratory view / Thomas Steger and Steffen Jahn -- Global trends -- 19. Corporate governance and climate change: The new zeitgeist of sustainability for boards of directors / Thomas Clarke -- 20. Digitalisation and the role of the board / Linda Baines, Vadim Grinevich and Mine Karatas-Ozkan -- 21. On value and value creation: Perspectives from board research and practice in smes / Daniel Yar Hamidi -- 22. Rethinking boards and governance in the digital era: Implications for practice and research / Alessandra Rigolini, Jonas Gabrielsson, Mirian Izquierdo Barriuso and Morten Huse -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Boards of directors are complex systems, and it is imperative to understand what the contextual forces are that shape the direction and make-up of boards. This Research Handbook provides inspiration for researchers and practitioners interested in the manifold dimensions and facets of context surrounding boards of directors. The contributions identify the complexity and multiplicity of contexts in which boards of directors work and operate, as well as indicating how board members interact with, and influence their contexts. The chapters explore national and institutional differences, divergent understandings of board requirements, climate change and boards' duties, transformation due to digitalisation, family firms, and micro-contextual dynamics affecting boards and their decisions. This Research Handbook promotes board accountability, questions the relative position of companies in society, and reconsiders governance from a multiple context, multi-actor perspective. Building a greater understanding of the main issues and theories surrounding boards of directors, this Research Handbook will be ideal for students and scholars of business and governance. Practitioners and policy makers can also find material for their evolving frameworks
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788113427
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 511 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Creating psychologically healthy workplaces
    DDC: 658.38
    Schlagwort(e): Gesundheit ; Psychische Krankheit ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie ; Familie-Beruf ; Industrial welfare ; Employee health promotion ; Psychology, Industrial ; Work environment Psychological aspects ; Work environment ; Electronic books ; Lehrbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Gesundheit ; Psychische Störung ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Acknowledgements -- Part I: Introduction -- 1. Creating psychologically healthy workplaces / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Pseudoscience won't create a psychologically healthy workplace / Matthew J. Grawitch and David W. Ballard -- 3. Setting the agenda for evidence-based and sustainable psychologically healthy workplaces / Arla Day -- 4. Shared values for health, safety and wellbeing at work / Gerard I. J. M. Zwetsloot -- Part II: Building individual resources. -- 5. The benefits of developing psychological capital in workplaces / Carolyn Youssef-Morgan and Karl Petersen -- 6. Nonwork time as individual resource building: A review and research agenda / Charlotte Fritz and Caitlin A. Demsky -- 7. Job crafting: An individual strategy to develop oneself / Maria Tims and Caroline Knight -- Chapter 8. Promoting happiness in the workplace / Kristin Layous -- Part III: Improving relationships inside and outside the workplace -- 9. The role and importance of leadership in creating psychologically healthy workplaces / Duygu B. Gulseren, Tabatha Thibault and E. Kevin Kelloway -- 10. Where differences dwell: Inclusion and the healthy workplace / Laura E. M. Traavik -- 11. Costs of incivility in workplaces and potential remedies / Michael P. Leiter -- 12. Sweet dreams (are made of this): Cultivating relational agency through high-quality connections in the workplace / Joanne Sundet and Arne Carlsen -- 13. Generational identity in the workplace: Toward understanding and empathy / Sean T. Lyons and Joshua Leblanc -- Part IV: Organizational-level initiatives -- 14. How thriving at work matters for creating psychologically healthy workplaces: Current perspectives and implications for the new world of work / Gretchen Spreitzer and Eun Bit Hwang -- 15. Work engagement: Increasing employee wellbeing and organizational effectiveness / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 16. Holistic stress: Primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions / Kahla A. Davis and Valerie J. Morganson -- 17. Positive people make for healthy workplaces / Paul Fairlie -- 18. Work-life balance, stress and well-being: Moderating effects of psychological capital / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Lanell Craig -- 19. Cultivating healthy, inclusive workplaces: Why it matters and how organizations make progress / Dnika J. Travis, Julie S. Nugent and Rebecca Lengnick-Hall -- 20. The importance of corporate wellness programs for psychological health and productivity in the workplace / Rebecca K. Kelly and Sheri Snow -- 21. Supporting employees with caregiving responsibilities / Clarissa Bohlmann and Hannes Zacher -- 22. Oh my aching back: Making workplaces senior-friendly / Deborah M. McPhee and Marcia Carvalho de Azevedo -- 23. Quality of employment and well-being: Updating our understanding and insights / Marcie Pitt-Catsouphes and Tay K. McNamara -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Workplaces can often be sources of stress, interfering with both job satisfaction and performance. This book explores ways to combat the factors contributing to an unhealthy workplace by building on the advances in positive psychology and organizational scholarship over the last 15 years. Focusing on ground-breaking concepts such as psychological capital, 'happiness compassion', virtuousness, support and gratitude, this book offers ways to target and reshape the unhealthy workplace environment. Each chapter provides real-life organizational situations in which companies of all sizes implement strategies that either hinder or successfully create a healthy workplace environment. The world-leading authors identify key causes that reduce employee satisfaction and job performance, offering a range of interventions that can prevent negative experiences to ultimately produce happier workforces and boost productivity. This book will be a vital reference for doctoral students studying the links between work and health as well as faculty studying ways to improve employee well-being. Those on advanced courses in human resource management, organization effectiveness and organizational change will also benefit from the vast array of international insights into a healthy workplace environment
    Anmerkung: Enthält 23 Beiträge
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117210
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 405 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on crowdfunding
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Crowdfunding ; Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Digitale Plattform ; Welt ; Crowd funding Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Crowdfunding
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Crowdfunding: An Introduction / Annaleena Parhankangas, Colin Mason and Hans Landström -- Part I: The characteristics of crowdfunding -- 2. Crowdfunding across research fields: An overview and suggestions for future investigation / Claire Ingram Bogusz -- 3. The role of crowdfunding in entrepreneurial finance / Gary Dushnitsky and Diego Zunino -- Part II: Crowdfunding platforms -- 4. Crowdfunding platforms: Taking stock and looking forward / Michael P. Ciuchta, Roberto S. Santos, Peiyi Jia and Amy M. Yacus -- 5. The supply side: Profiling crowdfunders / Stefan Katzenmeier, David Bendig, Steffen Strese and Malte Brettel -- 6. Demand-side perspectives on the democratization of finance through crowdfunding: Opportunities and challenges for early-stage finance research / David M. Townsend and Richard A. Hunt -- Part III: The crowdfunding process -- 7. How crowdfunding deals get done: Signaling, communication, and social capital perspectives / Chandresh Baid and Thomas H. Allison -- 8. What happens after a crowdfunding campaign? / Tom Vanacker, Silvio Vismara and Xavier Walthoff-Borm -- Part IV: Specific aspects of crowdfunding -- 9. Crowdfunding by non-profit and social ventures / Maija Renko, Todd W. Moss and Anna Lloyd -- 10. An overview of crowdfunding in the creative and cultural industries / Jan Tosatto, Joe Cox and Thang Nguyen -- 11. Inequality and crowdfunding / Jason Greenberg -- 12. Crowdfunding: Risk, fraud and regulation / Francesca Tenca and Chiara Franzoni -- Part V: The future of crowdfunding -- 13. Evolving crowdfunding models / Victoriya Salomon -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: The digitalization revolution has significantly altered conditions for financing new and small firms. Crowdfunding is at the forefront of this movement. While research in this area has increased significantly, it is heavily fragmented. Reflecting on this, the Handbook of Research on Crowdfunding reviews and synthesizes current knowledge on crowdfunding finance and provides an agenda for further research. This Handbook covers the role of crowdfunding and the platforms used, as well as discussing the characteristics of crowdfunders themselves and the businesses that seek finance from the 'crowd'. It also investigates the process once crowdfunding is complete, and how it is used by non-profit, social and creative ventures as well as for-profit businesses. Potential negative aspects are also discussed, including inequality, risk, fraud and regulation. Finally, the future of crowdfunding, including new finance models, is outlined. Bringing together a wealth of previously fragmented knowledge, this Handbook is a key reference for all entrepreneurial finance researchers as well as those interested in the effects of crowdfunding more generally across entrepreneurship, innovation, management and economics
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9781786439079
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 385 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Ausgabe: Third edition
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on techno-entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Hochtechnologie ; Innovationssystem ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; High technology industries Management ; Technological innovations Management ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Spitzentechnologie ; Entrepreneurship ; Innovationsmanagement
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I -- Conceptualisation 1. Technological embeddedness as a determinant of techno-entrepreneurship / Sang-Joon Kim and Juil Lee -- Part II: New categories of entrepreneurship -- 2. Reverse innovation: Review of a decade / Max von Zedtwitz and Marine Hadengue -- 3. Modes and routines of frugal innovation: An examination on the basis of the auto components industry / Rajnish Tiwari and Stephan Bergmann -- 4. The interplay of technology entrepreneurs and regulation in a new industry: The case of the drone industry / Ferran Giones, Kerem Gurses and Alexander Brem -- 5. Unveiling women entrepreneurship in technology ventures: Gendered organization and gendered society interactions / Dilek Cetindamar and Berna Beyhan -- Part III: Ecosystems 6. Techno-entrepreneurship development support in theory and practice: The case of incubators and accelerators in Canada / Fabiano Armellini, Cynthie Dega, Angie Garcia and Franciso Machado -- 7. Crowdfunding as a tool for innovation marketing: Technology entrepreneurship commercialization strategies / Ferran Giones and Alexander Brem -- 8. Fostering techno-entrepreneurship and open innovation practices in the innovation ecosystems / Case Nokia, Jarkko Pellikka and Timo Ali-vehmas -- 9. Digital technologies, techno-entrepreneurship and regional ecosystems: The case of the net value / Moreno Frau and Ludovica Moi -- Part IV: Academic entrepreneurship 10. Research-based spin-offs as agents of knowledge dissemination: Evidence from the analysis of innovation networks / Oscarina Conceição, Cristina Sousa and Margarida Fontes -- 11. Individual innovativeness as a driver of career success: Academic tehno-experts in an entreprneeurial ecosystem / Anna-Maija Nisula and Heidi Olander -- Part V: Country-specific entrepreneurship -- 12. SME techno-entrepreneurship: Drivers and barriers in sub-Saharan Africa / Olayinka David-West, Omotayo Muritala and Immanuel Ovemeso Umukoro -- 13. Entrepreneurship, technological knowledge and industrial heterogeneity: Evidence from Italian NUTS3 regions / Alessandra Colombelli, Gianluca Orsatti and Francesco Quatraro -- 14. Nurturing healthy korean startup ecosystem / Gyewan Moon -- 15. Understanding the dynamics of entrepreneurial ecosystems: Evidence from a longitudinal case study / Maria Cristina Cinici, Valeria Schifilliti and Fabrizio Cesaroni -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "While knowledge-intensive environments encourage and foster new ideas for products, services, production methods and business models, they also entail high levels of risk derived from the fast and dynamically changing nature of technology. This Handbook explores the new theoretical frameworks that are needed to cope with the growing relevance of techno-entrepreneurship initiatives globally. Demonstrating that techno-entrepreneurship and its ecosystems create opportunities across national borders, this Handbook also shows how they proactively shape their business environment and engage in more complex collaborative networks. Chapters cover emerging areas in the field, such as frugal innovation, the drone industry and gender-specific entrepreneurship. Separated into sections dedicated to entrepreneurial ecosystems - with original research into incubators, accelerators and crowd funding - and techno-entrepreneurship across countries, the contributors examine specific issues that arise in context. With international scope, this Handbook will be an essential read for entrepreneurship and innovation scholars. Any researcher with an interest in entrepreneurial ecosystems will also benefit from the original research presented"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788976244
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 190 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Advanced imagineering
    DDC: 745.4
    Schlagwort(e): Reengineering (Management) ; Group problem solving ; Organizational behavior ; Organizational change ; Organizational effectiveness ; Social change ; Design ; Creative ability ; Technological innovations ; Medical innovations ; Inventions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: "The most pressing problems facing society today, such as enhancing healthcare, revitalizing city centres, and improving our systems and institutions are complex innovation eco-systems. Articulating and illustrating how experience design can unlock experience innovation, Diane Nijs and her colleagues present new ways of effectuating corporate, public, social and whole system innovation through collective creation." -- Back cover
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9781788116015
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for entrepreneurship and innovation
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Innovation ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Innovation ; Forschung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Albert N. Link -- 2. Schumpeterian growth regimes / Cristiano Antonelli -- 3. Measuring entrepreneurial impact through alumni impact surveys / Shiri Breznitz, Brendan Hills and Qiantao Zhang -- 4. Academic entrepreneurship: between myth and reality / Alice Civera, Michele Meoli and Silvio Vismara -- 5. Principal investigators and boundary spanning entrepreneurial opportunity recognition: a conceptual framework / James A. Cunningham -- 6. The regional emergence of innovative start-ups: a research agenda / Michael Fritsch -- 7. Public and policy entrepreneurship research: a synthesis of the literature and future perspectives / Heike M. Grimm -- 8. A research agenda for entrepreneurship and innovation: the role of entrepreneurial universities / Maribel Guerrero and David Urbano -- 9. Corporate governance and innovation / Hezun Li, Timurs Umans and Siri Terjesen -- 10. Research opportunities considering student entrepreneurship in university ecosystems / Simon Mosey and Paul Kirkham -- 11. Entrepreneurial leadership in the academic community: a suggested research agenda / Rati Ram, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rajeev K. Goel -- 12. The power of words and images - towards talking about and seeing entrepreneurship and innovation differently / Friederike Welter -- 13. Artificial intelligence and entrepreneurship: some thoughts for entrepreneurship researchers / Sameeksha Desai -- 14. Entrepreneurship studies: the case for radical change / Mark Casson -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Within the span of a generation, innovation and entrepreneurship have emerged as two of the most vital forces in the economy and in society. This Research Agenda highlights new insights and approaches to guide future thinking, research and policy in the area. To accomplish this, the editors have brought together a group of accomplished scholars spanning economics, management, public policy and finance. Drawing on the experiences and insights of leading scholars this Research Agenda covers a broad array of rich and promising topics, including entrepreneurial ecosystems, finance and the role of universities. Focusing on the intersection and overlap between the two disciplines, the Research Agenda begins by establishing the theoretical basis between the two topics, before exploring impact, context, academic entrepreneurship, start-ups, policy and corporate governance. The book concludes with three provocative chapters: Friederike Welter highlighting the power of words and images, Sameeksha Desai discussing the role of artificial intelligence and Mark Casson presenting a case for radical change to how entrepreneurship is studied. Presenting the most salient findings and themes in current literature, A Research Agenda for Entrepreneurship and Innovation is essential for researchers in innovation, as well as policy makers at both the local and national levels influenced by the increasing importance of entrepreneurship and innovation
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9781788975063
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 258 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: New horizons in innovation management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: New horizons in innovation management series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Responsible innovation in digital health
    Schlagwort(e): E-Health ; Gesundheitsversorgung ; Gesundheitswesen ; Innovation ; Medical care Technological innovations ; Medical informatics ; Technological innovations Management ; Medical innovations Management ; Communication in medicine ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Responsible innovation in digital health / Tatiana Iakovleva, Elin M. Oftedal and John Bessant -- 2. Responsible innovation as a catalyst of the firm innovation process / Tatiana Iakovleva, Elin M. Oftedal and John Bessant -- 3. Challenges in healthcare - the changing role of patients / Elin M. Oftedal, Tatiana Iakovleva and John Bessant -- 4. Empowering patients to innovate: The case of patient innovation / Pedro Oliveira, Salomé Azevedo and Helena Canhão -- 5. Patient-initiated innovation - evidence and research agenda / Thomas Laudal and Tatiana Iakovleva -- 6. University of virginia health system's mychart: Supporting patient care and research / Bala Mulloth and Michael D. Williams -- 7. Design space in digital healthcare - the case of health information tv / John Bessant, Allen Alexander, Danielle Wynne, and Anna Trifilova -- 8. Responsible research and innovation: Innovation initiatives for positive social impact / Raj Thapa and Tatiana Iakovleva -- 9. The blink innovation story - viewed through the lens of responsible innovation / Dagfinn Wåge and Andrea Marie Stangeland -- 10. Hitting the institutional wall - the journeys of three firms from idea to market / Elin M. Oftedal and Lene Foss -- 11. The role of user-led regional innovation networks in shaping responsible innovation in ehealth. Lessons from the east of the Netherlands / Kornelia Konrad, Verena Schulze Greiving and Paul Benneworth -- 12. Management of stakeholders' knowledge for responsible research and innovation / Elisa Thomas and Luciana Maines da Silva -- 13. Responsible innovation and commercialisation in the university context: A case study of an academic entrepreneur in digital healthcare / Bernard Naughton and Lene Foss -- 14. Responsible innovation within the healthcare sector: Digital therapeutics and wellstart health / Jill Kickul, Mark Griffiths, and Marissa Titus -- 15. The future of responsible innovation / John Bessant, Tatiana Iakovleva and Elin M. Oftedal -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Powerful new approaches and advances in medical systems drive increasingly high expectations for healthcare providers internationally. The form of digital healthcare - a suite of new technologies offering significant benefits in cost and quality - allow institutions to keep pace with society's needs. This book covers the need for responsible innovation in this area, exploring the issues of implementation as well as potential negative consequences to ensure digital healthcare delivers for the benefit of all stakeholders. This book offers a considered view on what a responsible innovation process might involve and how this will enable multiple stakeholders - users, medics, businesses and policymakers - to create a system of delivering better care at lower costs. Illustrated by international case studies, the contributing authors explore the dimensions of responsible innovation with patient engagement and the ways in which this can lead to better design, enhanced diffusion of knowledge and improvement in healthcare. A much-needed exploration of the role of innovation in healthcare with patients in mind, this book will be essential for academics in innovation, ethics, social entrepreneurship and healthcare studies
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973595
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Onlineressource (xvii, 202 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Cities Series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Ḳelerman, Aharon, 1945 - The internet city
    DDC: 302.23/1091732
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Cyberspace-Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Smart City ; Stadtentwicklung
    Kurzfassung: Exploring the history of the Internet, from pre-conception, to the possibilities of an Internet-based future, The Internet City presents ways in which the Internet and urban life intersect. The book interprets how the contemporary city is becoming fully based on Internet technologies in all of its major dimensions: the daily activities of urbanites and urban companies, the operations of urban systems, and the functioning of the upcoming driverless vehicles.
    Kurzfassung: Front Matter -- Copyright -- Contents -- Figures -- Tables -- Preface -- Acknowledgments -- Abbreviations -- PART I Urban connectivity and informational activities -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Pre-Internet urban connectivity and informational activities -- 3. The Internet -- PART II Urban Internet applications -- 4. The Internet for individual users -- 5. The dual-space society -- 6. The Internet and companies -- 7. The Internet for urban systems -- 8. Autonomous vehicles (AVs) and the Internet -- PART III Implications of urban Internet applications -- 9. Urban perspectives for the Internet-based city -- 10. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112352
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 400 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Big data
    DDC: 005.7
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Big data ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Data Mining ; Prädiktionsanalyse ; Privatsphäre ; Datenschutz ; Wissensextraktion ; Big Data
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1 The promise, application and pitfalls of big data / John Storm Pedersen and Adrian Wilkinson -- 2: Man versus cyborg / Vladimir Estivill-Castro -- 3: Big data and application / Patrick Mikalef -- 4: Big data and human resource management / Tobias M. Scholz -- 5: Big data in the energy industry -- Petyo Bonev and Magnus Söderberg -- 6: A brief Introduction to 'big data' and its application in tourism -- Ali Reza Alaei and Susanne Becken -- 7: Big data in government: The case of 'smart cities' / Karl Löfgren and William Webster -- 8: Cyborg bureaucracy: frontline work in digitalized labor and welfare services / Eric Breit, Cathrine Egeland and Ida Bring L.berg -- 9: Data analytics and health services quality: Implementing ehealth initiatives wisely / Peter Ross, Therese Kelly, Sanjeev Hiremath and Adrian Wilkinson -- 10: Data-driven management in practice in the digital welfare state / John Storm Pedersen -- 11: Social work in the danish digitalized welfare state - and the use of digital technologies for professional knowledge in child services / Anna Olejasz Lyneborg -- 12: Big data in social welfare / Philip Gillingham -- 13: Big data and data governance: From the 'world of ideas' to the 'world of practice' / Anders Sandgaard -- 14: Artificial reality: the practice of analytics and big data in educational research / Ben Kei Daniel -- 15: The digital welfare state: dataism versus relationshipism / John Storm Pedersen -- 16: Big data in political communication / Peter Aagaard -- 17: Rumour detection in social media / Henry Nguyen and Bela Stantic -- 18: Big data and professionals: what we can learn from michael polanyi / Giorgio Baruchello -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Since the early 2000s, digital data has transformed the way we live and work. This timely book looks to big data analytics to understand this revolutionary change, unpacking the impact of big data analytics on the mobilization and allocation of individuals, organizations and societies' resources. Contributions from leading experts on modern technological trends examine the promises, applications and pitfalls of big data. The contributors assess the ways in which contemporary trajectories of data processing have increased efficiency and had a transformative effect on all avenues of life, from energy, tourism and social media, to human resources, welfare systems and urban citizenship. At a time when our personal data is more valuable than ever, this book seeks to make sense of how big data analytics has transformed our lives and how it will continue to shape society in the future. Astute and comprehensive, this book is critical reading for business and management scholars with a focus on information systems and communications technologies. It will also prove to be vital information for students and researchers of big data and digital society, as well as politics and administration more widely"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973564
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 302 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Gherardi, Silvia, 1949 - How to conduct a practice-based study
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmensorganisation ; Organisationsforschung ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management ; Management ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Electronic books ; Management ; Organisatorisches Lernen
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Practice as accomplishment -- 2. Practice as collective knowledgeable doing -- 3. Practice as sensible knowing -- 4. Practice as sociomateriality -- 5. The normative infrastructure of practices -- 6. Talking while practicing -- 7. Practices as socially sustained -- 8. The texture of practices -- 9. Tricks of the trade -- 10. Towards a posthumanist practice theory of organizing -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: This thoroughly revised, extended and updated second edition of Silvia Gherardi's classic book gives the reader a must-read orientation through the myriad of methods and styles involved in practice-based research. Practice-based approaches to knowing, learning, innovating, and managing have thrived in recent years. Calling upon numerous narratives from a range of research fields, the author offers insight into the many possibilities of practice research, highlighting the inextricable links between humans and technology as the key emergent trend in management studies. Developing an innovative posthumanist approach, this novel book offers a useful and insightful compass for the navigation of practice-based studies through the lens of exemplar vignettes from internationally acclaimed researchers. A valuable and instructive work, this book is critical to any scholars of practice theories, as well as management and organizational studies and those with a keen interest in research methods. Masters students seeking insight into the development of practice-based studies, and PhD researchers developing their own methodologies will also find the guidance of this book indispensable in their studies
    Anmerkung: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 249-294
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781788110976
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 234 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Müller, Ralf, 1957 - Organizational project management
    DDC: 658.406
    Schlagwort(e): Organisatorischer Wandel ; Projektmanagement ; Organizational change ; Project management ; Industrial organization ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction to organizational project management -- Part I: The OPM model -- 2. Organizational philosophy -- 3. OPM approach -- 4. OPM governance -- 5. Business integration -- 6. Organizational integration -- 7. Project governance -- 8. Project management -- Part II: Theories and the OPM model -- 9. Resource-based theory and OPM -- 10. Institutional theory and OPM -- 11. A theory of the OPM model -- Part III: Applications of the OPM model -- 12. Case study: OPM and the management of megaprojects -- 13. Case study: OPM in an organization for public good -- 14. OPM assessment -- 15. Designing OPM systems -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This concise text introduces an integrated view of all project management-related activities in an organization, called Organizational Project Management (OPM). Practical cases from several organizations, as well as popular theories such as the Resource-Based Theory and Institutional Theory provide for an insightful yet realistic understanding of OPM as an integrative tool for organizations to improve their efficiency and effectiveness. The reader will learn how separate organizational functions, such as project, program and portfolio management and governance integrate in a cohesive manner. The authors describe how different approaches to competing in the marketplace link to strategies, and the ways of selecting the 'best' business opportunities for organizations and integrating them into existing workflows and structures. They develop and describe a model that shows how OPM works within organizations. The book is a valuable resource for top managers, reflective practitioners, academics, and postgraduate students in organization theory"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789903058
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 324 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Studies in transatlantic business ethics series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Ethical business leadership in troubling times
    DDC: 658.408
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmensethik ; Führungsstil ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Welt ; Social responsibility of business ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Business ethics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmerverhalten ; Verantwortung ; Ethik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction. Troubling times / Joanne B. Ciulla and Tobey K. Scharding -- Part I: Business and politics -- 1. Stepping down rather than up: the ethical option for business in our troubling times / Donna Ladkin -- 2. The dynamics of CSR in a comparative perspective: convergence towards divergent hybrids / Dirk Matten and Jeremy Moon -- 3. Business ethics as critical thinking: moral motivations and the limits of ethics / Zsolt Boda -- 4. Becoming responsible: understanding the organizational power dynamics of csr and corporate ethics / Laura J. Spence and Steen Vallentin -- Part II: Agency and responsibility -- 5. Disciplining the organization through moral personhood / Wim Dubbink -- 6. Crucial differences among three types of apologies and their shared ethical grounding in integrity / Daryl Koehn -- 7. The board of directors' role in ensuring accountability and creating value: stakeholder and shareholder complementarity / Cynthia E. Clark -- 8. How can universities promote corporate responsibility in their supply chains? The experience of the University of Notre Dame / Georges Enderle -- Part III: Models for decision making -- 9. Embedded leadership / Patricia H. Werhane -- 10. Leadership ethics for a troubled world: responsibility for the whole / Sandra Waddock -- 11. Francisco de Vitoria's ius gentium : how to engage human rights in business from the catholic social teaching (CST) tradition / Alejo Jos. G. Sison -- 12. "Troubling times" on the agenda of business ethics: drafting a dialogue approach, aiming at a consensus / Johannes Brinkmann -- 13, An ethical problem in troubled times: ethical decision making by local managers employing an immigrant workforce in gaziantep, Turkey / Mahmut Arslan and Mustafa K. Yilmaz -- Part IV: Applied topics: technology and the environment -- 14. Corporate leadership versus the Twitter mob / Chris MacDonald -- 15. There is not enough business ethics in the ethics of digitization / Christoph Lütge -- 16. Future earth leadership / Eleanor O'Higgins and Laszlo Zsolnai -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "What are the responsibilities of businesses and business leaders to society? Moreover, do the responsibilities of business change when there are social problems or problems with other institutions? Immigration, Brexit, the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of populism and nationalism on both sides of the Atlantic raise some ethical challenges for business leaders. The chapters in this book tackle several aspects of these questions with chapters on business and politics, the environmental responsibilities of business, the social and political impact of technology, immigration, the impact of social turmoil on organizational leadership, and broader questions of CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility), leadership, and governance in times of social turmoil. Academics and students who study CSR as well as those who study business ethics, business and society, or business and government are not the only readers who will find insight in Ethical Business Leadership in Troubling Times. Practitioners who oversee corporate CSR programs, compliance officers, and social and political philosophers and ethicists will benefit from these explorations into the complexities of business ethics"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117739
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on identity theory in marketing
    DDC: 658.80019
    Schlagwort(e): Markentreue ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie ; Kreativität ; Marketingmanagement ; Branding (Marketing) ; Identity (Philosophical concept) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction. The long and winding road to understanding identity theory and marketing -- Americus Reed II and Mark Forehand -- Quick chapter overviews -- Part I: The identity salience principle -- 1. Identity salience: understanding when identity affects consumption / Keri L. Kettle -- 2. Nobody has to lose: introducing the concurrent identity and goal activation (CIGA) framework / Juliano Laran -- 3. An evolutionary approach to identity research / Aziza C. Jones, Kristina M. Durante and Vladas Griskevicius -- 4. How signaling motives and identity salience influence luxury consumption / Keith Wilcox -- 5. The role of identity salience in creative thinking / Ravi Mehta, Lidan Xu and Darren W. Dahl -- 6. Branding virtuous victimhood: how activating the salience of a consumer's moral identity motivates resource transfers to victim groups / Maja Graso, Karl Aquino and Ekin Ok -- Part II: The identity association principle -- 7. Implicit egocentrism in consumer behavior / Scott Connors and Andrew W. Perkins -- 8. Reminiscing on self-brand connections: differentiating experiential versus symbolic origins / Jennifer Edson Escalas, Iñigo Gallo and Tarje Gaustad -- 9. Ownership and identity: a cognitive perspective / Gita Venkataramani Johar, Jaeyeon Chung and Liad Weiss -- 10. Temporal identity and the pursuit of self-enhancement / Sokiente W. Dagogo-Jack -- 11. A framework for considering dissociative identity effects in consumption / Bonnie Simpson, Lea Dunn and Katherine White -- Part III: The identity verification principle -- 12. Identity and compensatory consumption / Derek D. Rucker and Christopher Cannon -- 13. Associations matter: revisiting the threat typology model / Katie Spangenberg and Justin Angle -- 14. Memory pointers and identity / Gal Zauberman, Kristin Diehl and Alixandra Barasch -- 15. Identity, personal continuity and psychological connectedness across time and over transformation / Oleg Urminsky and Daniel Bartels -- 16. How technology shapes identity-based consumer behavior / Eugina Leung, Gabriele Paolacci and Stefano Puntoni -- 17. Identity verification through pain in extraordinary consumer experiences / Rebecca Scott, Katharina C. Husemann and Tim Hill -- 18. The creation of identity and brand meaning: the automatic versus creative use of mental models in language / Colette Lelchuk, Marianne Gordon, Torsten Ringberg and David Luna -- Part IV: The identity conflict principle -- 19. The role of self-structure in managing identity conflict / Karen Page Winterich, Nicole Verrochi Coleman and Sara Loughran Dommer -- 20. Causal beliefs in the self-concept and identity-based consumption / Stephanie Y. Chen -- 21. No (wo)man is an island: dyadic decision-making and identity conflict / Hristina Nikolova and Cait Lamberton -- 22. Cultural identities in the era of globalization: implications for consumer behavior / Carlos J. Torelli and Hyewon Oh -- 23. Prevalence, antecedents and consequences of actual-desired attitude discrepancies / S. Christian Wheeler and Kenneth G. DeMarree -- Part V: The identity relevance principle -- 24. Religious identity in marketing / Joseph E. Barbour, Naomi Mandel and Adam B. Cohen -- 25. Political ideology: basis for a dynamic social identity / Donnel A. Briley, Kiju Jung and Shai Danziger -- 26. Identity in the digital age / Lauren Grewal and Andrew T. Stephen -- 27. The role of identity relevance in the retail environment / Jennifer Argo -- 28. Identity and charitable giving: the six-self framework / Jen Shang -- 29. Children's materialism and identity development / Lan Nguyen Chaplin, L.J. Shrum and Tina M. Lowrey -- 30. Identity-based perceptions of others' consumption choices / Jenny G. Olson, Brent McFerran, Andrea C. Morales and Darren W. Dahl -- 31. When do identity-relevant symbols backfire? An exploration of identity-symbolic fixed and malleable connotations / Tracy Rank-Christman and Geraldine Rosa Henderson -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The Handbook of Research on Identity Theory in Marketing features cutting-edge research that delves into the origins and consequences of identity loyalty and organizes these insights around five basic identity principles that span nearly every consumer marketing subdomain. The Handbook explores [1] what makes an identity come to mind [2] what creates strong associations between identities and products [3] how consumers use brands to verify who they are or want to become [4] how consumption enhances or resolves conflict amongst identities and [5] how marketing and consumption becomes particularly relevant to particular identities. Each of these five principles are fully analyzed by a who's who of world-class international marketing scholars. This Handbook is a comprehensive and state of the art treatment of identity and marketing: An authoritative and practical guide for academics, brand managers, marketers, public policy advocates and even intellectually curious consumers"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788113700
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 228 Seiten)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best marketing journals
    DDC: 658.8005
    Schlagwort(e): Wissenschaftliche Publikation ; Marketing journal ; Publication process ; Scholarly publishing ; Marketing research ; Publishers and publishing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: List of figures and tables -- Biographies of editors and contributors -- Preface -- Acknowledgements -- Section i The publication process -- Introduction to section i -- 1 The contribution continuum revisited / Daniel M. Ladik and David W. Stewart -- 4: 2 John O. Summers (2001), 'Guidelines for conducting research and publishing in marketing: From conceptualization through the review process', journal of the academy of marketing science , 29 -- (4), Fall, 405-15 17 3 Publishing ethics: managing for success / O.C. Ferrell and Linda Ferrell -- 2:8 section ii Tailoring your work to your audience -- Introduction to section ii 46 4 on the positioning of research papers in the marketing discipline / Gary L. Frazier -- 47 5 how to publish consumer research based on experiments in the top marketing journals / Cornelia 'Connie' Pechmann -- 5:3 6 John H. Roberts, Ujwal Kayande and Stefan Stremersch (2014), 'From academic research to marketing practice: Exploring the marketing science value chain', international journal of research in marketing , 31 -- (2), June, 127-40 70 7 Deborah J. Macinnis (2011), 'A framework for conceptual contributions in marketing', Journal of marketing , 75 -- (4), July, 136-54 84 8 publishing marketing strategy papers in scholarly journals v. Kumar -- 10:3 9 so, you want to write policy-relevant articles? / Ronald Paul Hill -- 12:6 10 Publishing in international marketing: challenges, opportunities, and guideposts / Constantine S. Katsikeas -- 13:8 11 sample design for research in marketing vikas mittal -- 15:7 Section iii Reviews and the revision process -- Introduction to section iii 175 12 Donald R. Lehmann and Russell S. Winer (2017), 'The role and impact of reviewers on the marketing discipline', Journal of the academy of marketing science , 45 -- (5), September, 587-92 177 13 How papers get better before they get published / Ruth N. Bolton -- 18:3 14 The service-dominant logic journey: from conceptualization to publication / Stephen L. Vargo -- Section iv Final thoughts Introduction to section iv 15 / David W. Stewart (2008), 'Academic publishing in marketing: best and worst practices', European business review, special issue: Academic journals and academic publishing , 20 -- (5), 421-33 199 16 Responding to reviewers: Lessons from 17 years of editor experience at Duke University / Christine Moorman, James R. Bettman, Joel D. Huber, Mary Frances Luce and Richard Staelin -- 21:2 Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This essential guide, edited by experienced journal editors, is the definitive sourcebook for prospective authors who are seeking direction and advice about developing academic papers in marketing that will have a high probability of publication in the best journals in the discipline. It brings together a wealth of contributors, all of whom are experienced researchers and have been published in the leading marketing journals. More than a dozen and a half current and former editors of marketing journals contributed to this volume, contributing words of wisdom and sage advice for the beginning scholar and experienced writer alike. The book covers such topics as ideation, positioning of papers, review of the literature, discussion of methods, presentation of results, development of theoretical and practical implications and responding to reviewers. Both empirical and conceptual papers are addressed. Individual chapters focus on papers with a behavioral focus, a marketing science focus, a strategy focus, and a public policy focus. This book is an indispensable guide for doctoral students, faculty teaching doctoral courses, individuals early in their career in marketing and scholars who wish to place their work in those journals which have a significant impact on the marketing discipline"--
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9781788975087
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Learning and teaching in higher education
    Schlagwort(e): College teaching ; Business education ; Education, Higher ; Business education ; College teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Vorlesung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- 1. Theorising about learning and knowing / Keith Schofield -- Engaging students -- 2. How to engage students / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 3. Icebreakers for business school students / Ilias Basioudis -- Thought 1 / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 4. Trumping truancy: maintaining student attendance and engagement / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 2 / Kathy Daniels -- 5. Helping our students to think critically / Elaine Clarke -- Thought 3 / Daniel Cash -- 6. How to introduce and integrate creativity / Bimal Arora -- 7. How to invigorate group presentations / Matthew Olczak -- Thought 4 / Gayatri Patel -- 8. Bridging the gap: writing in higher education / Daniel Cash -- Enhancing teaching practice -- 9. Getting the most out of large group teaching / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 10. Storytelling as a technique for teaching / Sudeshna Bhattacharya -- Thought 5 / Geetha Ravishankar -- 11. Experiential learning: use of business simulations / Clive Kerridge -- Thought 6 / Kris Lines -- 12. How to do a confident presentation / Chris Jones -- Thought 7 / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 13. Making teaching relevant for the business student / Kathy Daniels -- 14. Problem based learning / Chris Owen -- Thought 8 / Alison McPherson -- 15. Teaching students struggling because English is not their first language / Pieter Koornhof -- 16. How to teach students from a range of different countries / Uche Ogwude -- Thought 9 / Matthew Olczak -- 17. Teaching small groups / Alison McPherson -- Technology enhanced learning -- 18. Technology enhanced learning activities and student participation / Bahar Kazmi and Umair Riaz -- Thought 10 / Elaine Clarke -- 19. Cultivating students' digital literacy / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- Thought 11 / Uche Ogwude -- 20. Designing and teaching an online module / Jon Taylor, Richard Terry and Matt Davies -- Thought 12 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 21. Successful teaching in virtual classrooms / Richard Terry, Jon Taylor and Matt Davies -- Thought 13 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 22. Managing online learning / Nicholas Theodorakopoulos -- Teaching content 23. The use of short in-class games / Jon Guest, Maria Kozlovskaya and Matthew Olczak -- 24. Teaching maths to non-mathematical standards / Geetha Ravishankar -- Thought 14 / Pieter Koornhof -- 25. How to embed CSR in teaching / Muhammed Al Mahameed and Umair Riaz -- 26. Teaching law to business students / Adam Shaw-Mellors and Pieter Koornhof -- Thought 15 / Adam Shaw-Mellors -- 27. Practitioner module partnership and sponsorship / Keith Glanfield -- Assessment 28. Demystifying the assessment criteria / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 16 / Bimal Arora -- 29. Using posters in academic assessments / Kris Lines -- 30. Writing effective multiple choice questions / Simon Finley -- Thought 17 / Kathy Daniels -- 31. Peer assessment / Elaine Clarke -- 32. Providing effective feedback / Jon Guest -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "There is often little guidance available on how to teach in universities, despite there being increasing pressure to raise teaching standards, as well as no official requirement for academics to have any specific teaching qualification in many countries. This invaluable book comprehensively addresses this issue, providing an overview of teaching in a business school that covers all stages of student learning. This book demonstrates various ways to engage students and offers techniques to enhance teaching practice, focusing on particular challenges such as large group teaching, increasing attendance and engagement, and successful professional development. All the contributors have current experience of teaching in a business school, allowing them to offer honest, personal assessments of what is effective in practice. Chapters address specific topics such as technology enhanced learning, while useful 'thoughts' provide creative and innovative suggestions on improving participation and outcomes. Learning and Teaching in Higher Education will be an important resource for those teaching in a business school setting, as well as having significant value to anyone teaching in higher education more generally"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784715694
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 444 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the politics of labour, work and employment
    DDC: 331.1
    Schlagwort(e): Arbeitsmarkttheorie ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik ; Erwerbstätigkeit ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Kapitalismus ; Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftsliberalismus ; Alternative Ökonomie ; Labor Political aspects ; Work Political aspects ; Employment (Economic theory) Political aspects ; Industrial relations ; Personnel management ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschäftigung ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. The politics of labour, work and employment / Gregor Gall -- Part I: Foundations for understanding the politics of labour, work and employment -- 2. A theoretical framework for labour, work, and employment research / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Pre- and post-capitalist labour, work and employment / Neil Davidson -- 4. Labour, work and employment in the age of globalised neo-liberalism / Jason Heyes and Thomas Hastings -- 5. The neo-liberal state and the regulation of class relations / Chris Howell -- 6. Different types of societal regulation - coordinated market economy, social democracy, aspiration of worker control / Greg Patmore -- 7. The politics and diversity of worker representation: the increasing fluidity and challenge of representation / Miguel Martínez Lucio and Stephen Mustchin -- 8. Employers and their representatives: discretion, power, markets, and managers in the transformation of twenty first century work / Gerald Friedman -- 9. Juridification in industrial relations / Alan Bogg -- 10. The moral economy: flexible employment and layers of disconnection / Sharon C. Bolton and Knut Laaser -- Part II: Aspects of the politics of labour, work and employment -- 11. Managing labour and the labour process / Bill Harley -- 12. Who manages the managers? / Graham Sewell -- 13. Beyond the workplace: how civil society organisations attempt to exercise regulatory influence over work and employment / Steve Williams and Brian Abbott -- 14. Types of work and labour / Rachel Lara Cohen -- 15. Non-standard work and non-standard workers / Vicki Smith and Brian Halpin -- 16. Non-remunerated work / Colin C Williams -- 17. Skills and the social value of work / Patricia Findlay -- 18. The expansion of the labour market and the politics of migration / Gabriella Alberti -- 19. Gender segregation and labour market institutions / Siobhan Austen, Therese Jefferson and Linley Lord -- 20. Labour market, work and employment segregation by race / Steve Jefferys -- 21. Training and development - whose interests are being served? / Mark Stuart -- 22. Kinship and community networks / Robert MacKenzie, Zyama Ciupijus and Chris Forde -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Providing a thorough overview of the political nature of, and dynamics between, the worlds of work, labour and employment, this timely Handbook draws together an interdisciplinary range of top contributors to explore the interdependent relationship between politics and labour, work and employment. Chapters provide a wide range of differing theoretical approaches with which to explore the legal, economic and socio-political aspects of labour, work and employment in pre-capitalist, capitalist and post-capitalist societies. The Handbook explores the purpose, roles, rights and powers of employers and management, workers and unions, states and governments in the age of globalised neo-liberalism. Different non-standard and non-renumerated types of work are examined with their counterparts, offering a thorough insight into the modern economy with a key focus on migration, gender, race and community. An essential reference for political economists as well as business and management scholars, this comprehensive Handbook provides an important analysis of the interconnectedness of politics and labour, work and employment. This will also be a useful read for policy makers looking for broad insights to the ways in which policies can impact labour, work and employment"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9781788116213
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource ( ix, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on entrepreneurship and aging
    DDC: 338.040846
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Selbstständige ; Ältere Menschen ; Ältere Arbeitskräfte ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Older people ; Businesspeople ; Electronic books ; Online-Publikation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Älterer Mensch ; Unternehmerverhalten
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction to the handbook of research on entrepreneurship and aging / Mikaela Backman, Charlie Karlsson and Orsa Kekezi -- Part I: The international perspective -- 1. Entrepreneurship among older workers: international evidence / Raquel Fonseca and Simon C. Parker -- 2. Senior entrepreneurship: global mapping of supporting initiatives and programmes / Catarina Seco Matos and Miguel Amaral -- 3. Entrepreneurship and ageing: exploring an economic geography perspective / Heike Mayer and Birgit Leick -- Part II: Innovation, dynamics and performance -- 4. Are senior entrepreneurs less innovative than younger ones? / Rolf Sternberg -- 5. Entrepreneurial dynamics in the third age - a study of trajectories for start-ups by two cohorts of entrepreneurs/self-employed aged 55 and 60 / Carin Holmquist, Elisabeth Sundin and Martin Klinthäll -- 6. The age effect in entrepreneurship: founder tenure, firm performance, and the economic environment / Marco Cucculelli and Giacinto Micucci -- 7. Different age effects by entrepreneur types: an investigation on us boomer entrepreneurs / Ting Zhang and Zoltan Acs -- Part III: The behavioural perspective -- 8. Ageing and entrepreneurship: a psychological perspective / Hannes Zacher, Mona Mensmann and Michael M. Gielnik -- 9. Grey entrepreneurship: entrepreneurship later in life and the pursuit of well-being / Aleid E. Brouwer and Heike Delfmann -- 10. Entrepreneurship and job satisfaction: the role of age / Michael Fritsch, Alina Sorgner and Michael Wyrwich -- 11. Old age self-employment and work-related stress / Jolanda Hessels and Peter van der Zwan -- Part IV: Case studies -- 12. Senior self-employment - the case of the Netherlands / Marleen Damman and Hanna van Solinge -- 13. Romania's ageing population: entrepreneurship opportunities and challenges / Dianne H.B. Welsh, Mariana Dragusin and Raluca Mariana Grosu -- 14. Senior entrepreneurship perspectives in Australia / Alex Maritz -- 15. Senior entrepreneurship: a case study for Portugal / Miguel Amaral and Catarina Seco Matos -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Many developed countries are facing a demographic change with an increasing share of older individuals, yet little is known about how older workers will impact regional and national economies in terms of labor market dynamics. One possible outcome of this new demographic structure is that more individuals will become entrepreneurs at an older age. This Handbook contributes to the important and emerging field of entrepreneurship among this group and focuses on the behavioral perspectives of this phenomenon; on innovation, dynamics and performance; and the ways entrepreneurship among the elderly looks within different countries. Researchers interested in the field of entrepreneurship among older workers and policy makers dealing with the effects of changing demographic settings within countries or regions will turn to this work to gain a better understanding of entrepreneurship and aging"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9781789903980
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 221 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Rigour and relevance in entrepreneurship research, resources and outcomes
    DDC: 338.04072
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmensgründung ; Forschung ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Forschung ; Unternehmensentwicklung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction: Rigour and relevance in European entrepreneurship research / Eddy Laveren, Robert Blackburn, Ulla Hytti and Hans Landström -- Part I: Rigour and relevance of entrepreneurship research -- 2. Relevance of entrepreneurship research / Johan Wiklund -- 3. The rigour - relevance debate: strategies to avoid creating an ivory tower in entrepreneurship research / Hans Landström -- 4. Introducing three academic conversations: critical entrepreneurship studies, entrepreneurship as practice and a radical processual approach to entrepreneurship / Piritta Parkkari and Karen Verduijn -- 5. Women and family firms: a state of the art literature review / Annalisa Sentuti, Francesca Maria Cesaroni and Serena Cubico -- Part II: Entrepreneurial mindset and intrapreneurial orientation -- 6. Toward a comprehensive measure of entrepreneurial mindset / Kelly G. Shaver and Immanuel Commarmond -- 7. Technology intrapreneurs - intrapreneurial orientation and potential of it students / Christine Blanka, David Rückel, Stefan Koch and Norbert Kailer -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behavior, resources and outcomes -- 8. Human capital, external relations, and early firm performance of technology-based start-ups / Hanna Rydehell, Anders Isaksson and Hans Löfsten -- 9. Disembeddedness, prior industry knowledge and opportunity creation processes / Caroline Wigren, Karin Hellerstedt, Maria Aggestam, Anna Stevenson and Ethel Brundin -- 10. "Dear crowd, let me tell you a story." The influence of emotions, authenticity and sense of community on entrepreneur's ability to acquire funds via crowdfunding / Amélie Wuillaume, Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 11. Freelancing and the struggle for work-time control / John Kitching and Marfuga Iskandarova -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The applied nature of the field of entrepreneurship means it is crucial for scholars and researchers to connect with practitioners to ensure that their work has an impact on real-world activity. This insightful book examines the need to bridge the gap between scientific rigour in entrepreneurship research and its practical relevance to external stakeholders, and demonstrates clearly how this can be achieved in practice. Featuring cutting-edge research, Rigour and Relevance in Entrepreneurship Research, Resources and Outcomes presents and evaluates current critical approaches in the field, analysing their theoretical value and their relevance to policy and practice. Chapters examine these approaches through the lens of specific issues and circumstances such as intrapreneurship, freelancing, crowdfunding, family firms and technology-based start-ups, providing a variety of perspectives and exemplifying how pragmatic questions can productively influence research agendas. This book's up-to-date analysis and practical insight will prove invaluable to scholars and researchers in entrepreneurship as well as other business and management academics. Students at all levels in these fields will also find it useful for considering future research"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9781788118712
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als High-growth women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04082
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmerinnen ; Gründungsförderung ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Unternehmensgründung ; Unternehmenswachstum ; Erfolgsfaktor ; Entrepreneurship ; Welt ; Businesswomen ; Leadership in women ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction: programs, policies and practices: fostering high-growth women's entrepreneurship / Amanda Bullough, Diana M. Hechavarría, Candida G. Brush and Linda F. Edelman -- 2. Networks, start-up capital and women's entrepreneurial performance in Africa: evidence from Eswatini / Zuzana Brixiová and Thierry Kangoye -- 3. Absence of opportunities can enhance women's high-growth entrepreneurship: empirical evidence from Peru / Miguel Córdova and Fátima Huamán / 4. Towards a typology of supports for enterprising women: a comparison of rural and urban Australian regions / Robyn Eversole, Naomi Birdthistle, Megerssa Walo and Vinita Godinho -- 5. Stem education and women entrepreneurs in technology enterprises: explorations from Australia / Dilek Cetindamar, Elayn James, Thorsten Lammers, Alicia Pearce and Elizabeth Sullivan -- 6. Exploring gender differences in entrepreneurship: how the regulatory environment mitigates differences in early-stage growth aspirations / Christopher J. Boudreaux and Boris Nikolaev -- 7. Gender gap in perceived financing opportunities for high-growth enterprises / Blaž Frešer, Karin Širec and Polona Tominc vi -- High-growth women's entrepreneurship -- 8. Women's awareness of financial policy and their debt financing activities: evidence from China / Juan Wu, Yaokuang Li and Shakeel Muhammad -- 9. Where do we go from here? Summary of findings / Amanda Bullough, Diana M. Hechavarría, Candida G. Brush and Linda F. Edelman -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Women's entrepreneurship is vital for economic and social development, yet female entrepreneurs worldwide are consistently found to have weaker sales and employment growth, fewer jobs, and lower profitability. This book was written to address this reality and focuses on the high-growth potential of women entrepreneurs. The scholars in this book conducted qualitative as well as quantitative research in contexts around the world, including Eswatini (Swaziland), Australia, China, Slovenia, Peru, and one global study of 43 countries. Chapters are organized according to three key themes: the practice of building networks, programs and the support environment, and policies and regulations. Topics addressed within these themes include the interconnected and mutually reinforcing features of a fruitful entrepreneurial culture, including financial and human capital advancement and readiness, new opportunities for expansion and an assortment of institutional and infrastructural provisions for innovation and business growth. High-growth Women's Entrepreneurship will appeal to public and private sector managers, policy makers and politicians who want to promote a culture and ecosystem that supports women's growth-oriented business potential. Educators and program designers who want to help women grow their businesses, and scholars who want to explore further research will find the information invaluable"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 173 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for event management
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9781788114127
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 538 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: New horizons in international business series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Socially responsible international business
    DDC: 658.408
    Schlagwort(e): Multinationales Unternehmen ; Strategisches Management ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Social responsibility of business ; International business enterprises Social aspects ; Business ethics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Introduction 1 -- Part I: Overview of research on socially responsible international business -- 1: Socially responsible international business: Review, synthesis, and directions / Leonidas C. Leonidou, Constantine S. Katsikeas, Saeed Samiee, and Constantinos N. Leonidou -- 2: An overview of social responsibility dimensions in international business / Noemi Sinkovics, Rudolf R. Sinkovics, and Jason Archie-Acheampong -- Part II: Institutional environment and socially responsible international business -- 3: Trade-offs and institutional contradictions in formulating responsible international business strategies / Gopalkrishnan R. Iyer -- 4: Institutional drivers of stakeholder engagement and legitimacy of Chinese MNEs / Peter S. Hofman, Lei Li, Sunny Li Sun, and Yanxue Sun -- 5: Cross-country comparison of corporate social performance: How do institutions matter? / Jiyoung Shin and Chang Hoon Oh -- 6: Re-assessing risk in international markets: A strategic, operational, and sustainability taxonomy / Rob van Tulder and Mihaela Roman -- Part III: Customer reactions to socially responsible international business -- 7: Consumer responses to MNE socially responsible behavior / Petra Riefler -- 8: CSR, causal attributions, and a country's legal origin / Seraphim Voliotis and Pavlos A. Vlachos -- 9: Cross-cultural consumer responses to cause-related marketing: Theoretical insights and future research / Melanie Tao Xue and Jaywant Singh -- Part IV: Social responsibility issues in foreign market targeting -- 10: Social responsibility and foreign market targeting / Ricky Y. K. Chan -- 11: Ethical issues in Japanese foreign direct investment in developed versus developing countries / Paul W. Beamish, George Z. Peng, and Jean-Marie Nkongolo-Bakenda -- 12: Toward a more comprehensive CSR scorecard development for multinational enterprises / Ayse Ozturk -- Part V: Designing and implementing socially responsible international business strategies -- 13: Adapting CSR strategy to international markets: Fit analysis and performance implications / Pantelitsa Eteokleous -- 14: Strategic CSR and the CSR strategy-making process of international business / Cezara A. Nicoara, Dayananda Palihawadana, and Matthew J. Robson -- 15: MNE-NGO global partnerships as a form of csr strategy: How well are they working? / Elizabeth A. Napier -- 16: How much social responsibility should MNEs strategically assume and of which kind? / Lilac Nachum -- Part VI: Special issues in socially responsible international business -- 17: Antecedents, moderators, and consequences of political csr in the context of MNEs / Daniel Korschun and Hoori Rafieian -- 18: Embracing sustainability through corporate communication: An international case of csr disclosure / Setayesh Sattari, Arash Kordestani, Kaveh Peighambari, and Pejvak Oghazi -- 19: Role of MNEs in building zero waste communities / Suraksha Gupta -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Growing social and environmental concerns have exerted pressure on businesses to act responsibly. This timely book is the result of systematic, integrated and concerted efforts by prominent scholars to contribute new ideas and original research on social responsibility issues in international business. Offering an insightful collection of global investigations of critical and thought-provoking issues, the chapters investigate unique social responsibility issues across different countries and international business contexts. Bringing together renowned researchers in the field, this book provides state-of-the-art knowledge on a wide array of issues relating to social responsibility and highlights future trajectories for the development of socially-responsible international business strategies. Featuring innovative research and incisive conclusions, this book is critical for international business researchers seeking new avenues for investigation. Postgraduate students at all levels will also benefit from this book's strong inventory of contemporary knowledge, as well as its wide variety of research methods"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114899
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIII, 506 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on customer engagement
    DDC: 658.812
    Schlagwort(e): Beziehungsmarketing ; Kundenbindung ; Relationship marketing ; Customer relations Management ; Marketing Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction to the handbook of research on customer engagement -- 1: Linda D. Hollebeek and David E. Sprott -- Part I: Customer engagement and marketing practice -- Introduction: Customer engagement and marketing practice / V. Kumar -- 1 engagement-to-value (e2v): An empirical case study / Debbie Isobel Keeling, Ko de Ruyter and David Cox -- 2: Boosting customer engagement through gamification: A customer engagement marketing approach / Sandra Streukens, Allard van Riel, Daria Novikova and Sara Leroi-Werelds -- 3: Applying design thinking to innovate, validate, and implement new digital services / Nj.l Sivertst.l and Annita Fjuk -- 4: Online reviews as customers' dialogues with and about brands / Ewa Maslowska, Su Jung Kim, Edward C. Malthouse and Vijay Viswanathan -- 5: Engagement and technology as key enablers for a circular economy / Nicholas Vijverman, Bieke Henkens and Katrien Verleye -- Part II: Customer engagement conceptualization and conceptual relationships -- Introduction: The evolution of conceptual work on customer engagement / Ruth N. Bolton -- 6: How in-store retail and service atmosphere create customer engagement / Elisa B. Schweiger, Anne L. Roggeveen, Dhruv Grewal and Nancy M. Puccinelli -- 7: Customer engagement: The role of gamification / Wafa Hammedi, Thomas Leclercq and Ingrid Poncin -- 8: Giving or receiving in social media: Can content marketing simultaneously drive productive and consumptive engagement? / Welf H. Weiger, Maik Hammerschmidt and Thomas P. Scholdra -- 9: Story-based consumer engagement: A conceptual framework / Laurence Dessart and Valentina Pitardi -- 10 personality-based consumer engagement styles: Conceptualization, research propositions and implications / Linda D. Hollebeek, Jamid Ul Islam, Keith Macky, Takashi Taguchi, Carolyn Costley and Dale Smith -- 11: Practices, engagement, and service systems as a holistic perspective on technological actors / Jennifer Chandler -- Part III: Customer engagement and organizational performance -- Introduction: Customer engagement and organizational performance: A financial perspective / Bobby J. Calder -- 12: Review of engagement drivers for an instrument to measure customer engagement marketing strategy / Shiri Vivek, Cynthia Kazanis and Ingita Jain -- 13: Positively and negatively valenced customer engagement: The constructs and their organizational consequences / Julia Marbach, Niloofar Borghei Razavi, Cristiana R. Lages and Linda D. Hollebeek -- 14: Customer engagement and organizational performance: A service-dominant logic perspective / Civilai Leckie, Munyaradzi W. Nyadzayo and Lester W. Johnson -- 15: Leveraging user-generated content: A visual case analysis of contiki's brand co-creation campaign / Robyn Ouschan, Jay Turkington and Julie Napoli -- 16: A web site engagement measurement for digital marketers / Antonio Hyder and Otto Regalado-Pez.a -- 17: Temporality of customer engagement in service innovation: A theoretical model / Amela Karahasanović, Linda D. Hollebeek, Dimitra Chasanidou and Calin Gurau -- Part IV: Customer engagement and networked environments Introduction: Value creation and co-creation within networks / Sharon E. Beatty -- 18: The impact of customer engagement behaviors and majority/minority information on the use of online reviews / Thomas L. Baker, Paul Fombelle, Clay Voorhees, Kristina K. Lindsey Hall and Blake Runnalls -- 19: Sharing uncertainty across organizations: service capital and customer engagement for realizing nonownership value / Michael Ehret and Jochen Wirtz -- 20: Connections and interactions: An engagement perspective on customer networks / Kim A. Johnston and Anne B. Lane -- 21: The role of consumer engagement in recovering online service failures: An application of service-dominant logic / Jamid Ul Islam, Zillur Rahman and Linda D. Hollebeek -- 22: Conceptualizing health consumer engagement: An extended framework of resource integration, co-creation and engagement / Kara Burns and Sven Tuzovic Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Customer engagement is now a critical research priority in contemporary marketing. In this Handbook, a cadre of international scholars offer an overview of current research on this rapidly growing field of study. Providing vital insights into current theoretical and practical treatments of customer engagement, chapters engage with a broad cross-section of state-of-the-art research. Covering the importance of customer engagement in broader marketing practices, conceptual relationships, organizational performance and networks, this Handbook grapples with both conceptual and empirical research to offer insight into current and rapidly emerging research issues. Featuring a broad theoretical scope, this Handbook attends to a rapidly growing international community of researchers in customer engagement. Scholars from related fields, including management, economics and sociology will also benefit from the range of applications of customer engagement research. This book is also crucial for marketing managers looking to improve and refine marketing environments"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973229
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 205 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als International comparative employee relations
    DDC: 658.315
    Schlagwort(e): Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Industrial relations ; Industrial relations Cross-cultural studies ; International business enterprises Personnel management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword / by Richard Hyman -- Acknowledgements -- Introduction: The language and culture perspective in employee relations / Karl Koch and Pietro Manzella -- Part I: Comparative employee relations in context -- 1: Employee relations in context: Globalization, uncertainties, and dynamics of change / Aurora Trif and Valentina Paolucci -- 2: Comparative employee relations: An overview of contemporary developments and scholarship / Chris Brewster -- 3: A new approach: The incorporation of culture, language and translation elements in comparative employee relations / Pietro Manzella and Karl Koch -- Part II: Employee relations in the national context -- 4: Employee relations and harmony in China / Jing Xi -- 5: Culture, language and translation in comparative employee relations: The case of the Italian caporalato / Pietro Manzella -- 6: Plant-level employee representation in Germany: Is the german works council a management stooge or the representative voice of the workforce? / Michael Whittall and Rainer Trinczek -- 7: Individualism, democracy and conflict in the USA / Peter Norlander -- 8: Fragmented democracy and employee participation in nigeria / John Opute -- 9: Exploring 'bundles' of employment practices: Culture, language and translation perspectives / Susanne Tietze -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Employee relations in national contexts are significantly influenced not only by material forces but also by cultural and linguistic factors that are often highly nationally specific. In this innovative book, culture and language are analysed in terms of how they affect employee relations internationally, demonstrating the importance of recognising and understanding these elements in the face of increasing globalisation. International Comparative Employee Relations first examines the subject from a broader international perspective, discussing the impact of cultural context on common areas such as labour law and collective bargaining, and exploring the issues of translating these concepts, as well as surveying current scholarship in the field. In later chapters, case studies from China, Italy, Germany, the USA and Nigeria provide specific examples of the cultural and linguistic complexity and diversity of employee relations both within and between nations. Scholars and students of international business management, particularly those with an interest in comparative employment relations or comparative human resource management, will find this book insightful. It will also prove useful for practitioners working in areas such as cross-cultural management and translation"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9781788118095
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces
    DDC: 363.11
    Schlagwort(e): Betriebliches Gesundheitsmanagement ; Arbeitsschutz ; Arbeitsunfall ; Sucht ; Gewalt ; Mobbing ; Pestizid ; Stress ; Welt ; Industrial hygiene ; Industrial safety ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Arbeitssicherheit ; Arbeitsschutz
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I. Introduction -- 1. Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces: why it matters / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Accident underreporting in the workplace / Tahira M. Probst, Erica L. Bettac and Christopher Austin -- 3. Stress, human errors and accidents / Astrid M. Richardsen, Monica Martinussen and Sabine Kaiser -- Part II. Workplace health and safety factors -- 4. Drug use and workplace safety: issues and good practice responses / Ken Pidd, Ann Roche and Vinita Duraisingam -- 5. Understanding domestic violence as a workplace problem / Barb MacQuarrie, Katreena Scott, Danielle Lim, Laura Olszowy, Michael D. Saxton, Jen MacGregor and Nadine Wathen -- 6. Job resources and outcomes in the process of bullying: a study in a Norwegian healthcare setting / Espen Olsen, Maria Therese Jensen, Gunhild Bjaalid, and Aslaug Mikkelsen -- 7. Safety, health and climate: taking the temperature on nurses' work health and safety / Valerie O'Keeffe -- 8. Antecedents of aggression in nursing: a review / Katharine McMahon, Lauren S. Park, and Liu-Qin Yang -- Part IV: High-risk occupations -- 10. Pesticide exposure and the health effects among Latino and other farmworkers / Joseph G. Grzywacz, John S. Luque and Alan Becker -- 11. Occupational health and safety in the mining sector / Carmel Bofinger and David Cliff -- 12. Occupational health and safety in the construction sector / Helen Lingard -- 13. The case for psychosocial safety climate to be recognised in mining disaster investigations / Tony Pooley, Silvia Pignata and Maureen F. Dollard -- 14. Aggressive and criminal behavior of police officers / Philip Matthew Stinson, Sr. -- 15. Workplace stress and firefighter health and safety / Todd D. Smith, Mari-Amanda Dyal, and David M. DeJoy -- Part IV: Building safety climates, promoting worker health and changing workplace cultures -- 16. Types of safety cultures and best practice suggestions / Sharon Clarke -- 17. The role of safety culture and safety leadership on safety related outcomes / Çakıl Agnew and Laura Frühen -- 18. The benefits of transformational leadership and transformational leadership training on health and safety outcomes / Tabatha Thibault, Duygu Biricik Gulseren, and E. Kevin Kelloway -- 19. Crew resource management (CRM) and non-technical skills / Rhona Flin, Amy Irwin and Oliver Hamlet -- 19. Health protection and health promotion in small business / Natalie V. Schwatka, Liliana Tenney, and Lee S. Newman -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The ILO estimates that around 2.3 million workers die annually as a result of occupational accidents and diseases. A further one million workers suffer workplace accidents every day. Alongside the human impact, these accidents cost an estimated 4 per cent of GDP in the US, equating to 2.8 trillion US dollars. This book considers occupational health and safety, and the ways in which it can be increased to both improve working conditions and reduce the material costs of accidents. Bringing together leading academics in the field, and presenting original research from both the private and public sectors, Increasing Occupational Health and Safety in Workplaces argues for greater reporting of workplace accidents and injuries. It also incorporates stress as a factor in rates of accidents and injuries, and suggests ways in which workplace safety cultures can be fostered and improved. This book will be an invaluable tool for students of management, especially those with an interest in small businesses. Its insights will also be of interest for organizational administrators responsible for workplace accidents and injuries at various levels, and for government employees with an interest in occupational health and safety"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786437105
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXV, 461 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international talent management
    Schlagwort(e): Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Personalmanagement ; Industrial management Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; International business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Forewords / Sir Cary L. Cooper, Huiyao Wang, Simon Collinson and David G. Collings -- Introduction: International talent management research - a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approach / Yipeng Liu -- Part I: International talent management, entrepreneurship and innovation -- 1. Talent management and innovation management: Review of the literature and challenges for future research / Daniela Baglieri, Maria Cristina Cinici and Antonio Crupi -- 2. Talent for services: How gaining access to talent enables successful servitization / Marco Opazo-Basáez, Ferran Vendrell-Herrero and Oscar F. Bustinza -- 3. Serial entrepreneurs as "incubators": Individuals with inspiration and leadership that make for incubation / Yin Mon Myint, Shilendra Vyakarnam and Alexandra Huener -- 4. A design thinking approach for talent management - can talent management benefit from design thinking? / Beke Redlich and Christoph Lattemann -- Part II: International talent management and international business -- 5. Managing expatriates of emerging multinationals: An institutional work perspective / David Fan, Yiyi Su and Zheng J. Yan -- 6. Global work arrangements and talent management in the born-virtual organization: The case study of automattic / Alessandra Vecchi -- 7. Inpatriation management: A literature review and recommendations for future research / Fedor Portniagin and Fabian Jintae Froese -- 8. Logic or smiles?: International talent management across advanced and emerging economic contexts - Japanese expatriates' cross-cultural communication friction in India / Ashok Ashta, Peter Stokes and Paul Hughes -- 9. Compensation disparity, underpayment and director turnover: Evidence from China / Mahmoud Ezzamel and Yang Zhao -- Part III: International talent management, sustainability, public management and policy -- 10. Talents for key positions in organizations: Sustainability management as a profession / Katharina Spraul, Julia Hufnagel, Cynthia Friedrich and Natalie Brill -- 11. Training programs to develop the ethicality of talents / Dominic Kreismann and Till Talaulicar -- 12. Global talent management and higher education governance: The singapore experience in a comparative perspective / Hong Liu -- 13. Talent management strategies in the public sector: A review of talent management schemes in southeast asia / Celia Lee and Shahamak Rezaei -- 14. China: Talent management in transition / Tony Fang -- 15. Characterizing the 'global war for talent' / Kyle Griffith -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: International talent management has become a critically important topic for scholarly discussion, in policy debates, and among the business community. Despite this, however, research into talent management tends to lack theoretical underpinnings, especially from an international, multidisciplinary, and comparative perspective. This Research Handbook fills this gap, bringing together a range of leading researchers, scholars, and thinkers to debate and advance the conceptualization and understanding of this multifaceted subject. With chapters covering key topics within multiple domains of management and organization studies, the Research Handbook of International Talent Management explores the topic in innovative entrepreneurial enterprises to international businesses. It also examines how talent management relates to sustainability and public management, providing in depth coverage of the field for an interdisciplinary approach to what is one of the grand contemporary challenges facing the global economy today. This Research Handbook will be a vital resource for students of human resources management, business studies and public management policy, as well as for researchers with an interest in talent management, international management, and entrepreneurship and innovation
    Anmerkung: Index: Seite 449-461
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116695
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 527 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on strategic human capital resources
    DDC: 658.301
    Schlagwort(e): Humankapital ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Human capital ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- Strategic human capital resources: a brief history, construct definition, and introduction to the handbook of research on strategic human capital resources / Thomas P. Moliterno and Anthony J. Nyberg -- Conceptualizing HCRS -- Part I: Value creation and value capture: rents starting point chapters -- 1. Setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture / Samantha A. Conroy -- 2. Rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture / Flore Bridoux and J. W. Stoelhorst Commentary Chapters -- 3. Commentary on "setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture" / Russell Coff and Clint Chadwick -- 4. Commentary on "rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture" / Clint Chadwick and Russell Coff -- Part II: Multilevel approaches: emergence starting point chapter -- 5. Human capital resource emergence: theoretical and methodological clarifications and a path forward / Rory Eckardt and Kaifeng Jiang -- Commentary chapters -- 6. Human capital resource emergence: reflections, insights, and recommendations / Steve W. J. Kozlowski -- 7. Human capital resource emergence: a commentary / Albert A. Cannella, Jr and Valerie A. Sy -- Part III: Isolating mechanisms: firm-specificity -- Starting point chapters -- 8. Specific human capital: a matching perspective / Ingo Weller -- 9. What are we isolating? Why human capital-based competitive advantage may not be so much about human capital / Ben Campbell and David Kryscynski -- Commentary chapters -- 10. Retaining valued human capital: a commentary on the role of firm-specificity as a mobility constraint / John E. Delery and Dorothea Roumpi -- Human resource management strategy and practice: from individual motivation to dynamic capabilities / David Lewin and David J. Teece -- Part IV: Complementarities: human and social capital -- Starting point chapters -- 12. How employees can better solve customer problems: a use value approach to human and social capital / Shad Morris and Scott Snell -- 13. Social capital and human capital co-emergence: a socialized view of emergent human capital resources / Alia Crocker -- Commentary chapters -- 14. The missing construct in strategic human capital research: humans / Patrick M. Wright and Spenser M. Essman -- 15. Agonistic relations, social capital, and (dis)complementarity in the emergence of human capital resources / Rhett A. Brymer and Michael A. Hitt -- Actuating hcrs -- Part V: Building SHCRS: hiring and acquiring -- Starting point chapters -- 16. Building human capital resources: hiring and acquiring / Rebecca R. Kehoe and F. Scott Bentley -- 17. Getting access to strategic human capital resources: a multiple strategic factor market approach / Arnaldo Camuffo and Federica De Stefano -- Commentary chapter -- 18. Towards a human-capital resource-based theory of the firm / Alison Mackey and Jay B. Barney -- Part VI: Mobilizing strategic human capital resources: teams -- Starting point chapters -- 19. Team motivation and goal (mis)alignment: the missing link in human capital resources research / Christopher O. L. H. Porter, Brittney Amber, and Ernie Wang -- 20. Mobilizing human capital to manage negative events / Y. Sekou Bermiss and Samantha Darnell -- Commentary chapters -- 21. The vital role of teams in the mobilization of strategic human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Gilad Chen -- 22. Organizational crisis: the need for transformative boards and top management teams / Margarethe Wiersema -- Part VII: Compensating strategic human capital resources: incentives -- Starting point chapters -- 23. A pay system model for turning human capital resources into action / Anthony J. Nyberg and Greg Reilly -- 24. Strategic compensation: a critique and research agenda / Ian Larkin Commentary Chapters -- 25. Commentary on larkin and nyberg and reilly / Barry Gerhart -- 26. (Unavoidable) dynamics in incentive design / Tomasz Obloj and Todd Zenger -- Part VIII: Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility -- Starting point chapters -- 27. Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility / John P. Hausknecht -- 28. Retention is not a strategic imperative: on the pros and cons of employee turnover / Christopher I. Rider and David Tan -- Commentary chapters -- 29. A commentary on "keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility" / Matthew Bidwell -- 30. Human enterprise / Rajshree Agarwal -- Conclusion -- 31. Human capital resources: a convergence of questions but divergence of answers / Anthony J. Nyberg, Robert E. Ployhart, and Thomas P. Moliterno -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Strategic human capital resource is a relatively new construct with a scholarly literature that is still evolving. Work in this area requires the integration of multiple theoretical perspectives and empirical approaches, but that integration rarely occurs. Within these pages, the editors have combined the voices of leading scholars from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds to provide a comprehensive introduction to the current state of the field. The Handbook of Research on Strategic Human Capital Resources brings together fifty-one prominent Strategy, OB, HRM, and OT researchers who share a scholarly interest in human capital resources (HCR). These authors draw on their diverse expertise and backgrounds to explore two broad domains of questions: how do we conceptualize HCRs and how do we actuate HCRs in organizations? These two domains each comprise four topics, and each topic is examined through 'micro' and 'macro' perspectives. In this way, the authors in each topic area shine a light on commonalities and differences in their scholarly perspectives surrounding HCR theory and practice. The result is a foundational and definitive volume for understanding the current state and future directions of HCR research, making it invaluable for scholars interested in learning more about HCRs, doctoral students across a variety of fields, and practitioners"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9781788970181
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 338 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Family firms and institutional contexts
    Schlagwort(e): Familienunternehmen ; Geschäftsmodell ; Innovation ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Institutional theory ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction / Andrea Colli, Giorgia M. D'Allura and Sanjay Goel -- Part I: Conceptual boundaries and methods -- 1. Family and institutional contexts: an integrated view to advance family business research / Giorgia Maria D'Allura -- 2. Institutions and family firms: past achievements and new challenges / Andrea Colli -- 3. Mixed methods approach for family firm and institutions research: literature review and suggestion for future research / Giorgia Maria D'Allura and Mariasole Bannò -- 4. Qualitative inquiries in family business research from an institutional theoretical perspective / Anna Carreri -- Part II: Business models and competitive advantage in family firms -- 5. Which business model for the family business? A literature review and extension / Rania Labaki and Christian Haddad -- 6. Business modeling for business families / Rosario Faraci and Rosaria Ferlito -- 7. Cultural variables as conceptual moderators in family involvement-performance relationship: a meta-analytic regression analysis / Bice Della Piana, Rosalia Santulli and Carmen Gallucci -- 8. Financial performance and corporate reputation in family firms: is it about being good or being known? / Alexandra Dawson -- Part III: Innovation and competitiveness in family firms -- 9. Family business innovation: A circular process model / Moritz Feninger, Nadine Kammerlander and Alfredo De Massis -- 10. Innovation advantages of family firms: navigating the trilemma of challenges / Justin B. Craig, George Thomas Lumpkin and Mare Meyer -- 11. Transgenerational entrepreneurial family firms and formal institutions. Exploring the impact of entrepreneurial orientation on family firm performance in different formal institutional settings / Daniela Giménez and Andrea Calabrò -- 12. The relationship between innovation and internationalization in family firms: past research and future challenges / Mariasole Bannò, Giorgia Maria D'Allura, Celeste Amorim Varum and Sandro Trento -- Part IV: Case studies -- 13. The interrelation between socio-spatial and institutional context, and family business characteristics / Salvatore Tomaselli, Gianna Agrò, Giocchino Fazio and Stefano Fricano -- 14. Exploring the intersection of e-commerce and context in family business in China: the effects on organisational form and identity / Donella Casperz, Yong Wang, Salvatore Tomaselli and Rong Pei -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Family firms represent over 90 per cent of businesses globally, and play a significant role in the economies of many nations. This innovative book takes an interdisciplinary, cross-national approach to the study of family firms as institutions as well as the relationship between family firms and external institutions. In doing so, it demonstrates the impact of these interactions both on the firms and institutions themselves and on the wider economic context. Featuring in-depth analysis of original research, chapters take both theoretical and empirical approaches to explore the family firm as an organization, and include several key case studies. At a micro level, the social and cultural unit of the family and its behaviour is investigated, and at a macro level, external institutional contexts are examined to explain and theorise firms' behaviours and strategies, covering areas such as innovation, competitiveness and reputation. The book provides important conceptual insights and critical empirical research, as well as ideas for future research agendas. Family Firms and Institutional Contexts will be a critical read for scholars and doctoral students in business and management, particularly those with an interest in family firms. Policymakers and practitioners in these areas will also find its insights of practical relevance"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784719609
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 354 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Kwon, O-yul, 1936 - Social trust and economic development
    DDC: 338.9519500905
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftslage ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Südkorea ; Economic development ; Korea (South) Economic conditions 2002- ; Korea (South) Social conditions 21st century ; Electronic books ; Südkorea ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Vertrauen
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I: Socioeconomic developments and social trust in Korea -- 1. Social trust: its concepts, determinants, roles, and raising ways -- 2. Recent economic development and emerging social issues in Korea -- 3. Social evolution in conjunction with economic development in Korea -- 4. Social trust and economic development in Korea -- 5. Economic bipolarization and its effects on society in Korea -- Part II: Recent developments in social trust and their socioeconomic effects in Korea -- 6. Interpersonal trust -- 7. Social trust in government -- 8. Social trust in business -- 9. Social trust in labor -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "In just one generation, South Korea has transformed from a recipient of foreign aid to a member of the G20. In this informative book, South Korea is used as a case by which to explore and illustrate specific issues arising from the complex relationships between the nation's economic development and society. O. Yul Kwon considers the task of achieving sustainable and equitable social and economic development in South Korea. Kwon presents an in-depth analysis from macro perspectives as well as examining micro-level relationships between economic development and social trust in the recent past. Grounded in empirical research of Korean society and economy, Kwon offers practical suggestions by which to achieve sustainable and equitable development in South Korea. This insightful and timely book provides valuable information for a scholarly audience interested in South Korean history, economics and society, and for researchers investigating the significance of the relationship between economic development and society as well as social trust"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781786436030 , 1786436035
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 436 Seiten)
    Serie: Research handbooks in geography
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook on critical geographies of migration
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook on critical geographies of migration
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration ; Human geography ; Internationale Migration ; Arbeitnehmer ; Migration ; Forschung ; Anthropogeografie ; Transnationale Politik ; Politischer Prozess ; Diaspora ; Asylbewerber ; Flüchtling ; Flucht ; Ursache ; Flüchtlingslager ; Asyl ; Erde ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Anthropogeografie ; Migration ; Internationale Migration
    Kurzfassung: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; List of figures; List of contributors; Introduction to the Handbook on Critical Geographies of Migration; PART I: NEW ISSUES IN CRITICAL MIGRATION RESEARCH; 1 Borders and bodies: siting critical geographies of migration; 2 Managing displacement: negotiating transnationalism, encampment and return; 3 Gender, violence and migration; 4 The laws of impermanence: displacement, sovereignty, subjectivity; 5 Biometric borders; PART II: CORPOREAL AND GENDERED GEOGRAPHIES OF MIGRATION
    Kurzfassung: 6 Embodied migration and the geographies of care: the worlds of unaccompanied refugee minors7 Corporeal geographies of labor migration in Asia; 8 Seasonal migration and the working-class laboring body in India; 9 Embodiment and memory in the geopolitics of trauma; 10 Gendered circular migrations of Afghans: fleeing conflict and seeking opportunity; PART III: BORDERS, VIOLENCE AND THE EXTERNALIZATION OF CONTROL; 11 The geography of migrant death: violence on the US-Mexico border; 12 'Ceci n'est pas la migration': countering the cunning cartopolitics of the Frontex migration map
    Kurzfassung: 13 From preventive to repressive: the changing use of development and humanitarianism to control migration14 Military-humanitarianism; 15 Genealogies of contention in concentric circles: remote migration controland its Eurocentric geographical imaginaries; 16 Renationalization and spaces of migration: the European border regime after 2015; PART IV: CAMPS, DETENTION AND PRISONS; 17 Informal migrant camps; 18 Fractures in Australia's Asia-Pacific border continuum: deterrence,detention and the production of illegality; 19 Carceral mobility and flexible territoriality in immigration enforcement
    Kurzfassung: 20 The biopolitics of alternatives to immigration detentionPART V: TRANSNATIONALISM AND DIASPORA; 21 Home and diaspora; 22 Revisiting diaspora as process: timespace, performative diasporas?; 23 Diasporas and development; 24 Approximating citizenship: affective practices of Chinese diasporic descendants in Myanmar; 25 Geographies of the next generation: outcomes for the children of immigrants through a spatial lens; 26 Social media and Rwandan migration: a moral epistemology of return; PART VI: REFUGEES, ASYLUM, HUMANITARIANISM
    Kurzfassung: 27 Contentious subjects: spatial and relational perspectives on refugee mobilizations in Europe28 Law, presence and refugee claim determination; 29 Im/mobility and humanitarian triage; 30 Contradictions and provocations of neoliberal governmentality in the US asylum seeking system; 31 Counter-mapping, refugees and asylum borders; 32 The sanctuary network: transnational church activism and refugeeprotection in Europe; Index
    Kurzfassung: Border walls, shipwrecks in the Mediterranean, separated families at the border, island detention camps: migration is at the centre of contemporary political and academic debates. This ground-breaking Handbook offers an exciting and original analysis of critical research on themes such as these, drawing on cutting-edge theories from an interdisciplinary and international group of leading scholars. With a focus on spatial analysis and geographical context, this volume highlights a range of theoretical, methodological and regional approaches to migration research, while remaining attuned to the
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Click here to view book)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781788972598
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (V, 196 Seiten)
    Serie: New horizons in leadership studies
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: New horizons in leadership studies series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Beggan, James K. Sexual harassment, the abuse of power and the crisis of leadership
    DDC: 331.4133
    Schlagwort(e): Arbeitsplatz ; Weibliche Arbeitskräfte ; Sexuelle Belästigung ; Women Crimes against ; Prevention ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Corporate culture Moral and ethical aspects ; Sexual harassment ; Sexual harassment Prevention ; Electronic books ; Sexuelle Belästigung ; Prävention
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. A socio-evolutionary approach to sexual harassment -- 2. A utility model of sexual approach -- 3. An evolutionary perspective on sexual harassment -- 4. A transactional analysis of sexual harassment -- 5. Sexual harassment as a social problem -- 6. The history of sexual harassment -- 7. Superstars, toxicity, and sexual harassment -- 8. Consensual relations and sexual harassment -- 9. Sexual harassment training through shaming -- 10. Sexual harassment and the future: Where do we go from here? -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Within these pages James K. Beggan puts forward a novel approach to understanding sexual harassment by high value superstars in the workplace. The approach integrates ideas derived from evolutionary theory, utility theory, sexual scripting theory and research on the regulation of emotion. Besides providing a better understanding of the phenomenon, the book aims to contribute to the development of better techniques to prevent sexual harassment. Recently, credible allegations of sexual misconduct against high profile figures have dominated the news. Sexual harassment has become an important issue for leaders and those who study leadership. The author presents a new approach to understanding sexual harassment in the #MeToo era that integrates research from a diverse range of areas typically ignored by researchers on sexual harassment. Ideas derived from this new approach are used to propose more effective methods for the elimination of sexual harassment in the workplace. The book also addresses how efforts to prevent sexual harassment may interfere with the free expression of sexuality and ultimately threaten the rights of the individual. Academics and journalists interested in understanding sexual harassment, including graduate students, and undergraduates enrolled in upper division specialized courses in gender relations will find this book to be innovative and informative
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118606 , 178811860X
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 475 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: Third edition
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The handbook of globalisation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Globalisierung ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Sozialstandards ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Global Governance ; Welt ; International economic relations ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Globalisierung ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Governance ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Weltwirtschaft
    Kurzfassung: Contents: The handbook of globalisation: introduction and overview / Jonathan Michie -- Part I: Globalisation in Question? -- 1. The future of globalisation / Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson -- 2. Financial globalization?: history, conditions and prospects / Grahame Thompson -- 3. The scope and implications of globalisation / Jonathan Perraton -- 4. Measures of globalisation and their misinterpretation / Bob Sutcliffe and Andrew Glyn -- Part II: Analysing The global economy -- 5. Innovation and globalisation: a systems of innovation perspective / Jeremy Howells -- 6. The international debt crisis / Gary Dymski -- 7. The multiplicity of distributional outcomes across the world: diversities of fundamentals or countries getting the inequality they deserve? / José Gabriel Palma -- Part III: Transnational corporations -- 8. The role of transnational corporations in the globalisation process / Grazia Ietto-Gillies -- 9. The role and control of multinational corporations in the world economy / Gerald Epstein -- 10. Foreign direct investment and development from a gender perspective / Elissa Braunstein -- Part IV: Labour standards -- 11. The minimum wage in a global context / Peter Brosnan -- 12. Globalisation, labour standards and economic development / Ajit Singh and Ann Zammit -- 13. Global labor standards: their impact and implementation / James Heintz -- Part V: Europe and North America -- 14. Productivity and competition from a global point of view / Joseph Plasmans -- 15. European integration and the 'Euro project' / Philip Arestis and Malcolm Sawyer -- 16. North American free trade: history, structure and prospects / Jim Stanford -- 17. The low road to competitive failure: immigrant labour and emigrant jobs in the US / Charles Craypo and Frank Wilkinson -- Part VI: Governance -- 18. Governance in a globalised world / Richard Woodward -- 19. Global governance / Mathias Koenig-Archibugi -- 20. The political economy of the third way: the relationship between globalisation and national economic policy / Simon Lee -- Part VII: International economic institutions -- 21. The WTO and its GATS / Scott Sinclair -- 22. The international monetary fund and the World Bank / John Toye -- 23. A new 'Bretton woods' system? / Mića Panić -- Part VIII: Policy implications and responses -- 24. Kicking away the ladder - globalisation and economic development in historical perspective / Ha-Joon Chang -- 25. Time to replace globalisation with localisation / Colin Hines -- 26. Free trade or social tariffs? / George DeMartino -- 27. Global inequality and the global financial crisis: the new transmission mechanism / Photis Lysandrou -- 28. The great crash of 2008 and the reform of economics / Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: The past 30 years are often depicted as an era of globalisation, and even more so with the recent rise of global giants such as Google and Amazon. This updated and revised edition of The Handbook of Globalisation offers novel insights into the rapid changes our world is facing, and how best we can handle them. With multi-disciplinary contributions from leading experts, this Handbook covers a broad spectrum of issues and opportunities surrounding modern globalisation. It explores the idea that globalisation is not new, natural or inevitable, but rather that current global arrangements are the result of corporate pressure and the choices of politicians. It highlights the fact that the deregulated, free market form of globalisation is not unavoidable and explores a new era of global co-operation based around a Green New Deal. It also considers the future of globalisation in the face of the Trump presidency, Brexit and the move towards more state-centred policies. This Handbook continues to be a vital resource for scholars, students and researchers of economics, international relations, and business and management who wish to gain a more in-depth understanding of globalisation from a variety of different disciplines. Politicians and policy makers will also benefit from the advice offered to avoid some of the increasingly negative impacts of our globalising world
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Geneva, Switzerland : International Labour Office | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978071 , 1788978072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 483 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Towards convergence in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Wirtschaftsindikator ; Sozialer Indikator ; Soziale Lage ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; EU-Sozialrecht ; EU-Sozialpolitik ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Soziale Sicherheit ; EU-Staaten ; European Pillar of Social Rights ; Convergence (Economics) ; European Union countries Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Mitgliedsstaaten ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel ; Institutionenökonomie ; Arbeitsbeziehungen
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Convergence in the EU: what role for industrial relations? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead and Rosalia Vazquez-Alvarez -- 2. Social convergence of the Baltic states within the enlarged EU: is limited social dialogue an impediment? / Jaan Masso, Vladyslav Soloviov, Kerly Espenberg and Inta Mierina -- 3. Belgium: is strong social concertation a driver of upward social convergence? / Ive Marx -- 4. Is France converging or not?: the role of industrial relations / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. Does the German social model support the convergence of living conditions in the EU? / Gerhard Bosch -- 6. Ireland after the Great Recession: convergence or divergence? / Philip J. O'Connell -- 7. Italy: how could industrial relations help a return to economic and social convergence? / Annamaria Simonazzi, Valerio Ciampa and Luca Villamaina -- Case study - Italy and Slovenia: two paths to labour market flexibility and social dialogue / Branko Bembič and Annamaria Simonazzi -- 8. The Netherlands: from convergence to divergence in Europe?: social dialogue and industrial relations in the face of household labour supply / Wiemer Salverda -- 9. Social convergence, development failures and industrial relations: the case of Portugal / Pilar González and António Figueiredo -- 10. Slovenia: social dialogue and social convergence between coordinated and dependent capitalism / Branko Bembič -- 11. Economic and social convergence in Spain: the elusive goal of catching up with the EU / Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo -- 12. Convergence towards better working and living conditions: the crucial role of industrial relations in Sweden / Dominique Anxo -- 13. The United Kingdom's record on economic and social convergence with europe: a pre-Brexit appraisal / Damian Grimshaw -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: The main original aim of the European Union was to promote convergence towards higher economic growth and social standards. However, EU countries have sometimes experienced different trajectories, due in part to their different starting points and the fact that their convergence on particular socio-economic indicators has varied. At the same time, little evidence has so far been presented on cross-country convergence within the EU. This book aims to answer a number of important questions. To what extent have European countries converged or diverged with EU-wide economic and social indicators over the past 20 years? What have been the drivers of convergence? Why do some countries lag behind, while others experience continuous upward convergence? Why are these trajectories not always linear? Particular attention is paid to the role of institutions, actors and industrial relations - focusing on the resources and strategies of governments, employers and trade unions - in nudging EU countries onto an upward convergence path. This book provides a unique analysis of socio-economic indicators to identify convergence trends in the EU. It defines a number of clusters that help to gauge the strengths and weaknesses of national socio-economic models and the European Social Model. Cross-country case studies help to identify the possible impact of global movements (migration, foreign investment) and policies (social protection, social dialogue, employment) on cross-country convergence. This book offers a timely assessment of convergence within the EU, identifying its drivers in the world of work and in institutions and industrial relations. It presents examples of where institutions and industrial relations can change convergence outcomes and proposes a range of useful policy options. Scholars and researchers will find it an invaluable reference for studies of European affairs and social policies
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9781786436016
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 519 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of inclusive innovation
    DDC: 658.4/08
    Schlagwort(e): Innovationsmanagement ; Soziale Integration ; Sozialer Wandel ; Strategische Allianz ; Social responsibility of business ; Social change Economic aspects ; Social change Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Fallstudie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Inklusion ; Integration ; Innovationsprozess
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Inclusion and innovation : a call to action / Gerard George, Ted Baker, Paul Tracey and Havovi Joshi -- Part II: Social innovation in practice -- 2. A silent evolution : innovative and inclusive narratives on sustainability / Ana Cristina Campos Marques -- 3. Climate change and social innovation / Christopher Wright and Daniel Nyberg -- 4. Problem, person, and pathway : a framework for social innovators / Julie Battilana, Brittany Butler, Marissa Kimsey, Johanna Mair, Christopher Marquis and Christian Seelos -- 5. Inclusion and innovation in healthcare / Anita M McGahan -- 6. How do we know when social innovation works? A review and contingency model of social impact assessment / Greg Molecke and Anne-Claire Pache -- Part III: Community and place -- 7. Indigenous social innovation : what is distinctive? and a research agenda / Ana María Peredo, Murdith McLean, Crystal Tremblay -- 8. Urban innovation : at the nexus of urban policy and entrepreneurship / Jeffrey A. Robinson, Amol Joshi, Lutisha Vickerie-Dearman and Todd Inouye -- 9. Community social innovation : taking a long view on community enterprise / Neil Stott, Michelle Fava and Natalie Slawinski -- 10. Collective social innovation : leveraging custodianship, tradition and place on fogo island / M. Tina Dacin and Peter A. Dacin -- Part IV: Systems, institutions, and infrastructure -- 11. Coordinating infrastructure changes to meet retiring baby boomers' needs / David Souder -- 12. Sustainable technology-enabled innovations for ageing-in-place : the Singapore example / Hwee-Pink Tan and Hwee-Xian Tan -- 13. How firms bring social innovation and efficiency to the global effort to recover from disasters / Luis Ballesteros -- 14. The lack of public goods in emergent economies : a call for research and a case study of innovative organisational designs / Nuno Gil -- 15. Scaling up of social innovations : an institutional framework / Silvia Dorado and Pablo Fernández -- 16. Social innovation as institutional work / Warren Nilsson -- 17. Challenges for global supply chains and opportunities for social innovation / Yong H. Kim and Gerald F. Davis -- Part V: Individuals, organizations and organizing -- 18. Emotions as the glue, the fuel and the rust of social innovation / Charlene Zietsma and Madeline Toubiana -- 19. Income inequality : consequences and implications for social innovation / Xiang Zhou and Jason D. Shaw -- 20. Frugal innovation and social innovation : linked paths to achieving inclusion sustainably / Yasser Bhatti and Jaideep Prabhu -- 21. Climate change and entrepreneurship / Elizabeth Embry, Jessica Jones and Jeff York -- 22. A framework for sustaining hybridity in social enterprises : combining differentiating and integrating / Marya Besharov, Wendy Smith and Tiffany Darabi -- 23. Organizing for global change / Yves Plourde -- Part VI : Networks and social change -- 24. Collaborative governance / Ann Florini -- 25. Inclusive innovation through alliance networks / Arno Kourula -- 26. Social entrepreneurs as network orchestrators : a framework and research agenda on networks and leadership in the context of social innovation / Christian Busch and Harry Barkema -- 27. Empowerment, social innovation and social change / Helen M Haugh and Maggie O'Carroll -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Offering a comprehensive review of contemporary research on inclusive innovation, chapters address the systemic, structural issues that present the 'grand challenges' of our time. With 27 contributions from 57 expert scholars, this Handbook highlights both emerging practices and scalable solutions. Acting as a call to action, the chapters place social impact at the heart of theory and practice, providing fresh insight into global issues and practical solutions. Organized into five distinct sections to reflect current theoretical approaches and frameworks, contributions cover social innovation in practice; community and place; systems, institutions and infrastructure; individuals, organizations and organizing, and networks and social change. This Handbook emphasizes the fundamental shift needed in management scholarship to address global problems and achieve social impact by working towards the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. This will be an invaluable resource for those championing social inclusion in both research and practice, including innovation researchers and management scholars more broadly
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789901627
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 271 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Hodgson, Geoffrey M., 1946 - Is Socialism feasible?
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Socialism ; Electronic books ; Sozialismus ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie ; Marktwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsplanung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I: Socialism, markets and democracy -- 1. What does socialism mean? -- 2. Small socialism requires frugality or markets -- 3. Big socialism brings stagnation and despotism -- 4. Knowledge, complexity and the limits to planning -- Part II: Towards a feasible alternative: Liberal solidarity -- 5. Social knowledge and freedom to choose -- 6. The limits and indispensability of states and markets -- 7. Varieties of capitalism: The realms of the possible -- 8. The making of liberal solidarity -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "After being proclaimed dead, there is now a major revival of socialist ideology in the West. But what does socialism mean? This book shows that it is irretrievably associated with common ownership. The twentieth-century experience of comprehensive national planning with state ownership has been disastrous, and in no case has democracy endured within large-scale socialism. This volume explains why. The alternative socialist option of worker-owned cooperatives must accept a major role for markets that many socialists reject. Featuring theoretical arguments and practical investigations, Geoffrey M. Hodgson interrogates the failures of socialist states, scrutinizing the impact and outcomes of a centralized politico-economic system. This timely and convincing book offers insight into the twentieth-century experience of comprehensive national planning, deploying less-well-known criticisms from Albert Schaffle and Michael Polanyi. Hodgson's nuanced approach brings together small-scale socialist praxis and principles of liberal solidarity, exploring an experimental approach to political and economic reform. Provocative, insightful and accessible, this book is of considerable interest to any reader with an appetite for the history of socialist theory, as well as those keen to explore new insights to heterodox economics. Students and academics of the social sciences and humanities will benefit from this book's rigorous empirical approach to historic and contemporary socialist states and its in-depth discussion of Austrian school theory"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784715717 , 1784715719
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 407 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Hochschule ; Wissenstransfer ; Forschungskooperation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Universities and colleges Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Community development Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction / Katalin Erdős and Attila Varga -- Part I: Universities as actors in regional development -- 2. A history of the American land-grant universities and regional development / Nathan M. Sorber -- 3. The second academic revolution : antecedents and consequences of academic entrepreneurship / Henry Etzkowitz -- 4. Universities and their economic and social contribution to regional development / Philip McCann and Raquel Ortega-Argilés -- 5. The transformative role of universities in regional innovation systems : lessons from university engagement in cross-border regions / Jos van den Broek, Franziska Eckardt and Paul Benneworth -- 6. Connections between universities and industry in the United States : trusteeship before and after the Great Recession / Sheila Slaughter and Barrett J. Taylor -- 7. Philanthropic support of higher education : major gifts from high net worth individuals / Emily I. Nwakpuda and Maryann P. Feldman -- Part II: University knowledge transfer mechanisms -- 8. University patenting and the quest for technology transfer policy models in Europe / Catalina Martínez and Valerio Sterzi -- 9. The regional impacts of university spin-offs : in what ways do spin-offs contribute to the region? / Einar Rasmussen -- 10. The under-researched role of alumni spin-off entrepreneurs in upgrading a university's entrepreneurial support structure: essential ingredient or just a decorative accessory? / Arne Vorderwülbecke and Rolf Sternberg -- 11. Scientists as businessmen - can they, should they? / Katalin Erdős -- 12. Networks, innovation systems and the geography of university-industry linkages : the case of knowledge-intensive business services / Andrew Johnston and Robert Huggins -- Part III: Regional case studies from three continents -- 13. Universities, the bioscience sector and local economic development in oxfordshire : challenges and opportunities / Helen Lawton Smith, Sharmistha Bagchi-Sen and Laurel Edmunds -- 14. The pathways and challenges of university engagement: comparative case studies / Harvey Goldstein, Verena Radinger-Peer and Sabine Sedlacek -- 15. The role of mid-range universities in knowledge transfer and regional development : the case of five central European regions / Zoltán Gál and Pavel Ptáček -- 16. Progress of academic knowledge-based entrepreneurship in three minor post- Soviet economies / Annamária Inzelt -- 17. The role of non-research universities in regional innovation systems in China / Yuzhuo Cai, Po Yang and Anu Lyytinen -- 18. Changing higher education systems through corporate social responsibility? A study on multinational enterprises' efforts to establish proto-institutions at vietnamese universities / Jöran Wrana, Moritz Breul and Javier Revilla Diez -- 19. Universities and innovation habitats in Brazil : cases of the pontifical catholic university of Rio de Janeiro and the federal university of Rio de Janeiro / Thiago Renault, Sérgio R. Yates, Leonardo Melo and José Manoel Carvalho de Mello -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The Handbook of Universities and Regional Development offers a comprehensive and up-to-date insight into how academic institutions impact and enhance their surroundings. It also sheds light on universities as regional development actors from a historical perspective, both by introducing institutional changes and highlighting the interrelatedness of society, business and academia. Chapters provide comprehensive investigations into knowledge transfer mechanisms to explore the diverse ways in which ideas and intellectual property can flow between universities and businesses. Detailed comparative case studies from across the globe expose the highly contextual nature of interactions between academic institutions and their regions. Regional studies scholars will find this Handbook offers a thorough analysis of the topic, as well as a range of key interpretations on the relationships between universities and regional development. Providing important policy recommendations aimed at creating improved relations between academic institutions and their environment, this thought-provoking Handbook is key reading for regional policy makers as well as university managers and administrators"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119061
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 192 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for media economics
    DDC: 338.4730223072
    Schlagwort(e): Medienökonomik ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Kommunikationsmedien ; Mediensektor ; Medienmanagement ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Digitale Medien ; Mass media in economic development ; Globalization ; Mass media Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Massenmedien ; Medienmarkt ; Medienökonomie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. Media economics research: a history of the field / Alan B. Albarran -- 2. Advancing media economics research through theory / Marianne Barrett and Chun Shao -- 3. Research traditions in media economics / Amy Jo Coffey -- 4. Global digital networks and global media systems: an economic perspective / Xiaoqun Zhang -- 5. Consumer demand and audience behavior / Angel Arrese, Mercedes Medina and Alfonso Sánchez-Tabernero -- 6. Economics of information and cultural goods / Bozena I. Mierzejewska and Castulus Kolo -- 7. Technological dimensions and media economics / Yu-li Liu and Wen-yi Hsu -- 8. News media viability / C. Ann Hollifield -- 9. Industry organization, media management and media economics / Ulrike Rohn -- 10. Social and ethical aspects of media economics research / María Elena Gutiérrez-Rentería -- 11. Challenges and opportunities in media economics research / Alan B. Albarran -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Presenting cutting-edge thoughts on media economics, its history and development, and looking forward to its future, this timely book investigates the changing face of the field. With contributions from some of the most prominent media economics scholars in the world, this provocative and visionary Research Agenda covers theory development, consumer and audience demand, information and cultural goods, and technological dimensions. Chapters explore globalisation, industry organisation, social and ethical aspects of media firms, new media viability and the historical eras of media economics. Presenting a range of streams of inquiry and topics needing more study and development, this Research Agenda looks at new and innovative ways to stimulate thought around key research questions and designs. PhD students and scholars of media studies and media economics will benefit from the expansion of basic concepts, theories and methods found in this key book. It will also be critical reading for media professionals looking to understand more about the impact and importance of contemporary media relations"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9781789902600
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 186 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 338.94
    Schlagwort(e): Economic assistance, European ; Economic assistance, European ; Economic policy ; Europe ; European Union countries ; European Union countries Economic policy ; European Union countries Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I: Financing economic and social cohesion -- 1. Funding European solidarity / Ewald Nowotny, Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald, Helene Schuberth -- 2. The role of the European Union in fostering convergence / Benoît Cœuré -- Part II: The role of monetary policy in catching-up -- 3. Monetary policy and catching-up in CESEE / Anita Angelovska Bezhoska -- 4. Some considerations about the impact of monetary policy on economic convergence / Mugur Isărescu -- 5. Nominal versus real convergence: Bulgaria's practical approach toward euro adoption / Dimitar Radev -- Part III: Cohesion within and between countries -- 6. Strengthening economic convergence in Europe / Jeffrey D. Sachs -- 7. Trust and cohesion in Europe: Lessons from the Delian League / Athanasios Orphanides -- Part IV: The role of the EU budget -- 8. The next EU budget and the financing of cohesion policy / Sándor Richter -- 9. Strengthening added value and sustainability-orientation in the EU budget / Margit Schratzenstaller-Altzinger -- 10. EU budget: How to deliver more with less? The case for financial instruments / Stéphane Saurel -- Part V: Industrial policy and investment -- 11. Deindustrialization, job polarization and ageing in emerging / Europe Ralph De Haas, Martin Höflmayr -- 12. Mind the gap: How does the flow of EU funds match structural investment gaps in CESEE? / Tomáš Slačík -- 13. Improving host countries' investment environment: Is the national supply side really the right focus? / Andrew Watt -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "How can financial flows help the EU fulfil its mandate to promote economic, social and territorial cohesion, and solidarity among Member States enshrined in the EU Treaty? Dissecting the complexity of cohesion, this book examines the factors that matter most for the functioning of the Economic and Monetary Union and the convergence of Central, Eastern and Southeastern European (CESEE) countries. This insightful and timely book brings together central bankers, policy makers and academics to discuss how to best advance and fund the catching-up process of the euro area and CESEE countries. Focusing on a modern understanding of industrial policy - which fosters skills, innovation and infrastructure - contributors highlight how the EU's regional policy can better meet persistent investment needs. Critical and comprehensive, this book is crucial reading for researchers at all levels focusing on policy reform in emerging European economies. Central bankers and policy experts in public or international organizations will also benefit from this book's contemporary perspective on monetary and industrial policies"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118583 , 1788118588
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 184 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for creative industries
    DDC: 338.4/77
    Schlagwort(e): Kreativsektor ; Kulturökonomik ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Kulturindustrie ; Kreativität ; Potenzial ; Kultur ; Einflussgröße ; Soziokultureller Faktor ; Interesse ; Wertschöpfung ; Forschungsgegenstand ; Forschungsprogramm ; Theorie ; Vorschlag ; Initiative ; Erde ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction: A forward agenda for creative industries research / Stuart Cunningham and Terry Flew -- 1. The creative economy - where did it come from and where is it going? / John Newbigin -- 2. The creative industries and industrial policy: The UK case / Hasan Bakhshi -- 3. Complexity thinking as a coordinating theoretical framework for creative industries research / Roberta Comunian -- 4. Creative industries: Between cultural economics and cultural studies / Terry Flew -- 5. Creative industries research requires a new approach to data analysis / John Davies -- 6. Web3 and the creative industries: How blockchains are reshaping business models / Jason Potts and Ellie Rennie -- 7. Creative industries and higher education: What curriculum, what evidence, what impact? / Ruth Bridgstock -- 8. Subsidies, copyright and incentives: A European perspective on the film industry / Paul Stepan -- 9. Creative industries around the world / Stuart Cunningham and Adam Swift -- 10. Creative industries in China: The digital turn / Terry Flew, Xiang Ren and Yi Wang -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Over the past 20 years, the concept of creative industries has become a widely recognised policy paradigm adopted in numerous countries, agencies and educational institutions around the world. A Research Agenda for Creative Industries probes the key issues that will help to advance research into creative industries as a productive and innovative intervention in public policy. Issues addressed include how much should a research agenda for creative industries be policy-oriented? How workable is the so-called triple bottom line rationale for creative industries? What innovative theories, research approaches and methods are called for in advancing a creative industries agenda? With contributions from leading scholars, policy and industry specialists, this interdisciplinary Research Agenda will be a vital resource for students and academics working in the fields of communication, culture, film and media, geography, business and policy studies, and Internet and social media studies"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9781788115834
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 417 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Mohd. Ma'sum Billah, 1968 - Encyclopedia of Islamic insurance, Takaful and Retakaful
    DDC: 340.5/9
    Schlagwort(e): Islamisches Finanzsystem ; Theorie ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Electronic books ; Nachschlagewerk
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- Bibliography -- 1. A general introduction to Takaful -- 2. Understanding the pillars of Takaful -- 3. Regulatory framework of Takaful -- 4. Takaful and conventional insurance - a comparison -- 5. Practices of Takaful -- 6. Retakaful and its importance to Islamic finance -- 7. Contemporary issues in Takaful implementation -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This timely Encyclopedia is a much-needed thorough reference on Islamic insurance policy and the ways in which this can be modelled to cohere with Shari'ah law. The authors explore the ways in which Islamic insurance can be halal, contradicting the widely held belief that insurance policies are not appropriate or moral, utilizing evidence from both the Qu'ran and top Islamic scholars to do so. The book explores Takaful, an insurance paradigm that is in accordance with Islamic principles and suits the needs of modern Islamic economies and communities. It examines the practices, principles, framework and importance of the notion of Takaful, using evidence from the Qu'ran and Islamic teachings to support this. Chapters examine how Takaful is different to conventional insurance models that are not permissible under Shari'ah law, contradicting misconceptions about the possibility of an insurance policy that is achievable within Islamic communities. The book further explores the room for cooperation between Takaful services and Islamic banking, offering insight into how this can be improved in the future. A valuable asset for Islamic insurance and Islamic economics scholars, this timely book offers a thorough analysis of Takaful, Retakaful and Islamic insurance in our modern world. It will also be a useful read for those practising Takaful to ensure that their advice coheres with Shari'ah law"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786430700 , 1786430703
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 365
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The evolution of the theory of the firm
    DDC: 338.6
    Schlagwort(e): Theorie der Unternehmung ; Business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Nicolai J. Foss, Henrik Lando and Steen Thomsen (2000), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Boudewijn Bouckaert and Gerrit De Geest (eds), Encyclopedia of Law and Economics, Volume III: The Regulation of Contracts, Article No. 5610, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 631-58 -- 2. Fritz Machlup (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, LVII (1), March, 1-33 -- 3. Oliver Hart (1989), 'An Economist's Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Columbia Law Review: Contractual Freedom in Corporate Law, 89 (7), November, 1757-74 -- 4. Harold Demsetz (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-61 -- 5. Brian J. Loasby (1971), 'Hypothesis and Paradigm in the Theory of the Firm', Economic Journal, 81 (324), December, 863-85 -- 6. Frank H. Knight ([1921] 1964), 'The Meaning of Risk and Uncertainty', in Risk, Uncertainty and Profit, Part Three, Chapter VII, New York, NY, USA: Augustus M. Kelley, 197-232 -- 7. John Maynard Keynes (1936), 'The State of Long-Term Expectation', in The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Book IV, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Harcourt, Brace and World, 147-64 -- 8. Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, 58 (3), June, 211-21 -- 9. Richard N. Langlois and Metin M. Cosgel (1993), 'Frank Knight on Risk, Uncertainty, and the Firm: A New Interpretation', Economic Inquiry, XXXI (3), July, 456-65 -- 10. Kenneth J. Arrow (1982), 'Risk Perception in Psychology and Economics', Economic Inquiry, XX (1), January, 1-9 -- 11. David Teece, Margaret Peteraf and Sohvi Leih (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Organizational Agility: Risk, Uncertainty, and Strategy in the Innovation Economy', California Management Review, 58 (4), Summer, 13-35 -- 12. Michael Polanyi ([1966] 2009), 'Tacit Knowing', in The Tacit Dimension, with a new foreword by Amartya Sen, Chapter 1, Chicago, IL, USA and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 3-25 -- 13. Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research and Committee on Economic Growth of the Social Science Research Council (eds), The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors, Part VI, Princeton, NJ, USA: Princeton University Press and New York, NY, USA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 609-26 -- 14. F. A. Hayek (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, XXXV (4), September, 519-30 -- 15. Ikujiro Nonaka, Ryoko Toyama and Akiya Nagata (2000), 'A Firm as a Knowledge-creating Entity: A New Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Industrial and Corporate Change, 9 (1), March, 1-20 -- 16. David J. Teece (1981), 'The Multinational Enterprise: Market Failure and Market Power Considerations', Sloan Management Review, 22 (3), Spring, 3-17 -- 17. Bruce Kogut and Udo Zander (1993), 'Knowledge of the Firm and the Evolutionary Theory of the Multinational Corporation', Journal of International Business Studies, 24 (4), December, 625-45 -- 18. Herbert A. Simon (1972), 'Theories of Bounded Rationality', in C. B. McGuire and Roy Radner (eds), Decision and Organization: A Volume in Honor of Jacob Marschak, Chapter 8, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 161-76 -- 19. Richard M. Cyert and James G. March ([1963] 1992), 'A Summary of Basic Concepts in the Behavioral Theory of the Firm', in A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, 2nd edn, Chapter 7, Cambridge, MA, USA and Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers, 161-76
    Kurzfassung: 20. Brian J. Loasby (1967), 'Long-Range Formal Planning in Perspective', Journal of Management Studies, 4 (3), October, 300-308 -- 21. Linda Argote and Henrich R. Greve (2007), 'A Behavioral Theory of the Firm - 40 Years and Counting: Introduction and Impact', Organization Science, 18 (3), May-June, 337-49 -- 22. Oliver Hart (1990), 'Is "Bounded Rationality" an Important Element of a Theory of Institutions?', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 146 (4), December, 696-702 -- 23. Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman (1981), 'The Framing of Decisions and the Psychology of Choice', Science, 211 (4481), 30th January, 453-58 -- 24. Dale T. Miller (1999), 'The Norm of Self-Interest', American Psychologist, 54 (12), December, 1053-60 -- 25. Michael C. Jensen (1994), 'Self-Interest, Altruism, Incentives, and Agency Theory', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 7 (2), Summer, 40-45 -- 26. Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Opportunism and its Critics', Managerial and Decision Economics, 14 (2), March-April, 97-107 -- 27. Charles W. L. Hill (1990), 'Cooperation, Opportunism, and the Invisible Hand: Implications for Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 15 (3), July, 500-13 -- 28. Michael L. Barnett and Robert M. Salomon (2012), 'Does it Pay to be Really Good? Addressing the Shape of the Relationship between Social and Financial Performance', Strategic Management Journal, 33 (11), November, 1304-20 -- 29. Alexander Pepper and Julie Gore (2015), 'Behavioral Agency Theory: New Foundations for Theorizing About Executive Compensation', Journal of Management, 41 (4), May, 1045-68 -- 30. Edith T. Penrose (1960), 'The Growth of the Firm - A Case Study: The Hercules Powder Company', Business History Review, 34 (1), Spring, 1-23 -- 31. Kathleen R. Conner (1991), 'A Historical Comparison of Resource-Based Theory and Five Schools of Thought Within Industrial Organization Economics: Do We Have a New Theory of the Firm?', Journal of Management, 17 (1), March, 121-54 -- 32. Jeroen Kraaijenbrink, J.-C. Spender and Aard J. Groen (2010), 'The Resource-Based View: A Review and Assessment of Its Critiques', Journal of Management, 36 (1), January, 349-72 -- 33. David J. Teece, Gary Pisano and Amy Shuen (1997), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Strategic Management', Strategic Management Journal, 18 (7), August, 509-33 -- 34. David J. Teece (2014), 'The Foundations of Enterprise Performance: Dynamic and Ordinary Capabilities in an (Economic) Theory of Firms', Academy of Management Perspectives: Symposium, 28 (4), November, 328-52 -- 35. David J. Teece (2019), 'A Capability Theory of the Firm: An Economics and (Strategic) Management Perspective', New Zealand Economic Papers, 53 (1), 1-43 -- 36. John R. Commons (1932), 'The Problem of Correlating Law Economics and Ethics', Wisconsin Law Review, 8, 3-26 -- 37. Ian R. Macneil (1978), 'Contracts: Adjustment of Long-Term Economic Relations under Classical, Neoclassical, and Relational Contract Law', Northwestern University Law Review, 72 (6), 854-905 -- 38. Oliver E. Williamson (1981), 'The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach', American Journal of Sociology, 87 (3), November, 548-77
    Kurzfassung: 39. Sumantra Ghoshal and Peter Moran (1996), 'Bad for Practice: A Critique of the Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 21 (1), January, 13-47 -- 40. Neil M. Kay (2015), 'Coase and the Contribution of "The Nature of the Firm"', Managerial and Decision Economics, Special Issue: Coase and the Theory of the Firm, 36 (1), January, 44-54 -- 41. David J. Teece (1980), 'Economies of Scope and the Scope of the Enterprise', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (3), September, 223-47 -- 42. David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3 (1), March, 39-63 -- 43. Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- 44. David J. Teece (1986), 'Transactions Cost Economics and the Multinational Enterprise: An Assessment', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 7 (1), March, 21-45 -- 1. Douglass C. North (1986), 'The New Institutional Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics: 3rd Symposium on The New Institutional Economics, 142 (1), March, 230-37 -- 2. Oliver Hart (2001), 'Norms and the Theory of the Firm', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, Symposium: Norms and Corporate Law, 149 (6), June, 1701-15 -- 3. Markus C. Becker (2005), 'The Concept of Routines: Some Clarifications', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 29 (2), March, 249-62 -- 4. Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1982), 'Organizational Capabilities and Behavior', in An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Part II, Chapter 5, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 96-136, references -- 5. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1934] 1983), 'Entrepreneurial Profit', in The Theory of Economic Development: An Inquiry into Profits, Capital, Credit, Interest, and the Business Cycle, trans. by Redvers Opie, with a new introduction by John E. Elliott, Chapter IV, New Brunswick, NJ, USA and London UK: Transaction Publishers, 128-56 -- 6. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'Crumbling Walls', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter XII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 131-42 -- 7. Edith Tilton Penrose (1959), 'The Productive Opportunity of the Firm and the "Entrepreneur"', in The Theory of the Growth of the Firm, Chapter III, New York, NY, USA: John Wiley and Sons, 31-42 -- 8. Richard N. Langlois (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm and the Theory of the Entrepreneurial Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1107-24 -- 9. Mark Casson (2005), 'Entrepreneurship and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 327-48 -- 10. B. J. Loasby (1982), 'The Entrepreneur in Economic Theory', Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 29 (3), November, 235-45 -- 11. Sharon A. Alvarez and Jay B. Barney (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1057-63 -- 12. David J. Teece (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Entrepreneurial Management in Large Organizations: Toward a Theory of the (Entrepreneurial) Firm', European Economic Review, 86, July, 202-16 -- 13. Alfred Marshall ([1890] 1920), 'Industrial Organization, Continued. Business Management', in Principles of Economics: An Introductory Volume, 8th edn, Book IV, Chapter XII, London, UK: Macmillan and Co., 291-313
    Kurzfassung: 14. Adolf A. Berle, Jr. and Gardiner C. Means ([1932] 1933), 'The Divergence of Interest between Ownership and Control', in The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Book I, Chapter VI, New York, NY, USA: The Macmillan Company, 119-25 -- 15. Harold Demsetz (1983), 'The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Law and Economics: Corporations and Private Property: A Conference Sponsored by the Hoover Institution, XXVI (2), June, 375-90 -- 33. David J. Teece (1986), 'Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing and Public Policy', Research Policy, 15 (6), December, 285-305 -- 16. Oliver E. Williamson (2002), 'The Theory of the Firm as Governance Structure: From Choice to Contract', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (3), Summer, 171-95 -- 34. David J. Teece (2006), 'Reflections on "Profiting from Innovation"', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1131-46 -- 17. Thomas Donaldson and Lee E. Preston (1995), 'The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications', Academy of Management Review, 20 (1), January, 65-91 -- 35. David J. Teece (2010), 'Technological Innovation and the Theory of the Firm: The Role of Enterprise-Level Knowledge, Complementaries, and (Dynamic) Capabilities', in Bronwyn H. Hall and Nathan Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Volume I, Part III, Chapter 16, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 679-730 -- 18. Albert O. Hirschman (1980), 'Exit, Voice, and Loyalty: Further Reflections and a Survey of Recent Contributions', Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly: Health and Society, 58 (3), Summer, 430-53 -- 36. Sidney G. Winter (2006), 'The Logic of Appropriability: From Schumpeter to Arrow to Teece', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1100-106 -- 19. David J. Teece (2012), 'Management and Governance of the Business Enterprise: Agency, Contracting, and Capabilities Perspectives', in Dennis C. Mueller (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Capitalism, Part III, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 220-49 -- 37. Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1988), 'Economic Theories of the Firm: Past, Present, and Future', Canadian Journal of Economics, XXI (3), August, 444-58 -- 20. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. ([1962] 1990), 'Conclusion - Chapters in the History of the Great Industrial Enterprise', in Strategy and Structure: Chapters in the History of the American Industrial Enterprise, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: MIT Press, 383-96, notes -- 38. Christos N. Pitelis and David J. Teece (2009), 'The (New) Nature and Essence of the Firm', European Management Review, 6 (1), Spring, 5-15 -- 21. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. (1991), 'The Functions of the HQ Unit in the Multibusiness Firm', Strategic Management Journal, Special Issue: Fundamental Research Issues in Strategy and Economics, 12 (S2), Winter, 31-50 -- 39. Pierre Garrouste and Stéphane Saussier (2005), 'Looking for a Theory of the Firm: Future Challenges', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 178-99 -- 22. Oliver E. Williamson (1975), 'The Multidivisional Structure', in Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: The Free Press, 132-54, references -- 23. Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, 62 (5), December, 777-95 -- 24. William G. Ouchi (1980), 'Markets, Bureaucracies, and Clans', Administrative Science Quarterly, 25 (1), March, 129-41 -- 25. Candace Jones, William S. Hesterly and Stephen P. Borgatti (1997), 'A General Theory of Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms', Academy of Management Review, 22 (4), October, 911-45 -- 26. J. Carlos Jarillo (1988), 'On Strategic Networks', Strategic Management Journal, 9 (1), January-February, 31-41 -- 27. Walter W. Powell (1987), 'Hybrid Organizational Arrangements: New Form or Transitional Development?', California Management Review, 30 (1), Fall, 67-87 -- 28. Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett (1990), 'The Multinational Corporation as an Interorganizational Network', Academy of Management Review, 15 (4), October, 603-25 -- 29. Thorstein Veblen (1898), 'Why is Economics not an Evolutionary Science?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 12 (4), July, 373-97 -- 30. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'The Process of Creative Destruction', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter VII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 81-86 -- 31. W. Brian Arthur (1989), 'Competing Technologies, Increasing Returns, and Lock-In by Historical Events', Economic Journal, 99 (394), March, 116-31 -- 32. Giovanni Dosi (2013), 'Innovation, Evolution, and Economics: Where We Are and Where We Should Go', in Jan Fagerberg, Ben R. Martin and Esben Sloth Andersen (eds), Innovation Studies: Evolution and Future Challenges, Part I, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 111-33
    Kurzfassung: "This innovative collection of readings analyses how the theory of the firm evolved from several core concepts and building blocks that underpin this important area of economics. The first volume presents a variety of perspectives from leading scholars in the field before introducing the basic elements of: risk and uncertainty; information and knowledge; bounded rationality and decision making; motives and incentives; resources and capabilities; and transactions. The second volume looks at how the various elements are integrated into the modern Theory of the Firm with the notion of organization coming increasingly to the fore. It focuses on norms; rules and routines; the entrepreneur; governance; hierarchies; co-operation, teams and networks; innovation and appropriability. Together with an introduction by the editors, this collection is an invaluable reference tool for all researchers and students with an interest in the modern theory of the firm, highlighting how it needs to evolve further to address the important management and policy issues of our time"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978835
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 225 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Puaschunder, Julia M., 1979 - Intergenerational equity
    DDC: 339.2
    Schlagwort(e): Generationengerechtigkeit ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Equality ; Distribution (Economic theory) ; Leadership ; Intergenerational relations Economic aspects ; Intergenerational relations ; Social responsibility of business ; Investments Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Überschuldung ; Öffentliche Schulden ; Global Governance
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Intergenerational equity -- 3. Eternal equity in the fin-de-millenaire -- 4. Social responsibility -- 5. Global governance -- 6. Socially responsible investment (SRI) -- 7. Recommendations -- 8. Overall discussion -- 9. Implementation -- 10. Discussion -- 11. Conclusion -- 12. References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Exploring a topic of growing importance that has scant coverage, Intergenerational Equity brings to the fore a comprehensive discussion of intergenerational predicaments. The book explores how corporate and financial social responsibility can leverage intergenerational harmony through Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Socially Responsible Investment (SRI). A warming earth under climate change, overindebtedness crises and demographic aging of a Western world population are putting pressure on future generations. Transparency and accountability are key for monitoring corporate and financial social responsibility in the interplay of public and private actors to ensure a sustainable humankind and intergenerational harmony. The author discusses the human constituents of responsibility and the international emergence of CSR, paying special attention to global governance multi-stakeholder partnerships. The rise of SRI in the international arena in the wake of stakeholder activism and intrinsic socio-psychological motives of socially responsible investors are also outlined and the role of leadership, trust and managerial ethics accentuated. Scholars, executives and readers motivated by the desire to improve corporate and financial market activities will benefit from this insightful and valuable book"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9781789905083
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 310 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgar modern guides
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A modern guide to state intervention
    DDC: 335
    Schlagwort(e): Staatliche Einflussnahme ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Marxismus ; Öffentliche Investition ; Geldpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Keynesianismus ; Neoklassische Synthese ; Sozialstaat ; Government ownership ; Economic policy ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword / Geoff Harcourt -- Introduction: The role of government / Nikolaos Karagiannis and John E. King -- Part I: Philosophical and theoretical aspects -- 1. Policy and state in complexity economics / Wolfram Elsner -- 2. State and public sector: key economic and politico-institutional aspects of modern intervention / Nikolaos Karagiannis, Zagros Madjd-Sadjadi and Joanna Bens -- 3. The fiscal responsibilities of government / Malcolm Sawyer -- 4. Monetary policy / Jan Toporowski -- Part II: Macroeconomic policies for sustainable growth and prosperity -- 5. Fiscal policy and the government debt in alternative models of growth and distribution / Amitava Krishna Dutt -- 6. Economic development policy today: what has realistically remained? / Nikolaos Karagiannis and Zagros Madjd-Sadjadi -- 7. Welfare as government intervention / Torsten Niechoj -- 8. Monetary policy and central banks' intervention: a critical investigation / Sergio Rossi -- 9. Principles underlying classical-keynesian employment and distribution policies / Heinrich Bortis -- Part III: Special issues and policy interventions -- 10. Government originating and closing the circuit / Romar Correa -- 11. What future for the euro without fiscal integration? / Philip Arestis -- 12. Are wages policies desirable and feasible? European experiences / Jesus Ferreiro -- 13. Guaranteed jobs through a public service employment programme for the United States / L. Randall Wray, Flavia Dantas, Scott Fullwiler, Pavlina R. Tcherneva and Stephanie A. Kelton -- 14. Government intervention and educational equity: leveraging educator preparation programmes at historically black colleges and universities / Denise Pearson -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "A Modern Guide to State Intervention investigates the impact of the changing role of the state, offering an alternative political economy for the third decade of the twenty-first century. Building on important factors including history, the role of institutions, society and economic structures, this Modern Guide considers economic and administrative interventions towards changing the destabilized status quo of modern societies. Exploring a variety of theoretical approaches, chapters offer sustainable growth-inducing policies and proposals to address important challenges in this era of neoliberal globalization and financialization. With key contributions by distinguished academics in the field, the book evaluates past efforts and policies and critiques failed perspectives. A critical read for political economics scholars wishing to look beyond orthodox perspectives, this book highlights key areas of contention in modern economic policies. This will also be a vital book for policy-makers and economists looking ahead to a more sustainable economic atmosphere"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788971539
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 368
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The economics of climate resilience and adaptation
    DDC: 363.73874
    Schlagwort(e): Klimawandel ; Klimapolitik ; Anpassung ; Coping-Strategie ; Welt ; Climatic changes Economic aspects ; Acclimatization Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Umweltökonomie
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Sam Fankhauser (2017), 'Adaptation to Climate Change', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 9, October, 209-30 -- 2. Matthew E. Kahn (2016), 'The Climate Change Adaptation Literature', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 10 (1), Winter, 166-78 -- 3. Robert Mendelsohn (2012), 'The Economics of Adaptation to Climate Change in Developing Countries', Climate Change Economics, 3 (2), August, 1250006-1-21 -- 4. Melissa Dell, Benjamin F. Jones and Benjamin A. Olken (2014), 'What Do We Learn from the Weather? The New Climate-Economy Literature', Journal of Economic Literature, 52 (3), September, 740-98 -- 5. Karen Fisher-Vanden, Ian Sue Wing, Elisa Lanzi and David Popp (2013), 'Modeling Climate Change Feedbacks and Adaptation Responses: Recent Approaches and Shortcomings', Climatic Change, 117 (3), April, 481-95 -- 6. Robert Mendelsohn, William D. Nordhaus and Daigee Shaw (1994), 'The Impact of Global Warming on Agriculture: A Ricardian Analysis', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 753-71 -- 7. S. Niggol Seo and Robert Mendelsohn (2008), 'An Analysis of Crop Choice: Adapting to Climate Change in South American Farms', Ecological Economics, 67 (1), August, 109-16 -- 8. Salvatore Di Falco, Marcella Veronesi and Mahmud Yesuf (2011), 'Does Adaptation to Climate Change Provide Food Security? A Micro-Perspective from Ethiopia', American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 93 (3), April, 829-46 -- 9. Harounan Kazianga and Christopher Udry (2006), 'Consumption Smoothing? Livestock, Insurance and Drought in Rural Burkina Faso', Journal of Development Economics, 79 (2), April, 413-46 -- 10. Marshall Burke and Kyle Emerick (2016), 'Adaptation to Climate Change: Evidence from US Agriculture', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 8 (3), August, 106-40 -- 11. Maximilian Auffhammer and Erin T. Mansur (2014), 'Measuring Climatic Impacts on Energy Consumption: A Review of the Empirical Literature', Energy Economics, 46, November, 522-30 -- 12. Olivier Deschênes and Michael Greenstone (2011), 'Climate Change, Mortality, and Adaptation: Evidence from Annual Fluctuations in Weather in the US', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 3 (4), October, 152-85 -- 13. David Rapson (2014), 'Durable Goods and Long-Run Electricity Demand: Evidence from Air Conditioner Purchase Behavior', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 68 (1), July, 141-60 -- 14. Enrica De Cian, Elisa Lanzi and Roberto Roson (2013), 'Seasonal Temperature Variations and Energy Demand: A Panel Cointegration Analysis for Climate Change Impact Assessment', Climatic Change, 116 (3-4), February, 805-25 -- 15. S. Fankhauser (1995), 'Protection versus Retreat: The Economic Costs of Sea-Level Rise', Environment and Planning A, 27 (2), February, 299-319 -- 16. Paul Kirshen, Kelly Knee and Matthias Ruth (2008), 'Climate Change and Coastal Flooding in Metro Boston: Impacts and Adaptation Strategies', Climatic Change, 90 (4), October, 453-73 -- 17. Robert J. Nicholls, Natasha Marinova, Jason A. Lowe, Sally Brown, Pier Vellinga, Diogo de Gusmão, Jochen Hinkel and Richard S.J. Tol (2011), 'Sea-Level Rise and its Possible Impacts Given a "Beyond 4°C World" in the Twenty-First Century', Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A, 369 (1934), 13th January, 161-81 -- 18. Luis Maria Abadie, Ibon Galarraga and Elisa Sainz de Murieta (2017), 'Understanding Risks in the Light of Uncertainty: Low-Probability, High-Impact Coastal Events in Cities', Environmental Research Letters, 12 (1), January, 1-7, Addendum 1-5 -- 19. V. Kerry Smith, Jared C. Carbone, Jaren C. Pope, Daniel G. Hallstrom and Michael E. Darden (2006), 'Adjusting to Natural Disasters', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 33 (1-2), September, 37-54
    Kurzfassung: 20. Marcel Fafchamps and Susan Lund (2003), 'Risk-Sharing Networks in Rural Philippines', Journal of Development Economics, 71 (2), August, 261-87 -- 21. Luca Marchiori, Jean-François Maystadt and Ingmar Schumacher (2012), 'The Impact of Weather Anomalies on Migration in Sub- Saharan Africa', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 63 (3), May, 355-74 -- 22. Leah Platt Boustan, Matthew E. Kahn and Paul W. Rhode (2012), 'Moving to Higher Ground: Migration Response to Natural Disasters in the Early Twentieth Century', American Economic Review, 102 (3), May, 238-44 -- 23. Qing Miao and David Popp (2014), 'Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Innovative Responses to Natural Disasters', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 68 (2), September, 280-95 -- 24. Samuel Fankhauser, Joel B. Smith and Richard S.J. Tol (1999), 'Weathering Climate Change: Some Simple Rules to Guide Adaptation Decisions', Ecological Economics, 30 (1), July, 67-78 -- 25. H.-M. Füssel (2007), 'Adaptation Planning for Climate Change: Concepts, Assessment Approaches, and Key Lessons', Sustainability Science, 2 (2), October, 265-75 -- 26. Shardul Agrawala, Francesco Bosello, Carlo Carraro, Kelly De Bruin, Enrica De Cian, Rob Dellink and Elisa Lanzi (2011), 'Plan or React? Analysis of Adaptation Costs and Benefits Using Integrated Assessment Models', Climate Change Economics, 2 (3), 175-208 -- 27. Stéphane Hallegatte (2009), 'Strategies to Adapt to an Uncertain Climate Change', Global Environmental Change, 19 (2), May, 240-47 -- 28. Paul Watkiss, Alistair Hunt, William Blyth and Jillian Dyszynski (2015), 'The Use of New Economic Decision Support Tools for Adaptation Assessment: A Review of Methods and Applications, Towards Guidance on Applicability', Climatic Change, 132 (3), October, 401-16 -- 29. Peter Linquiti and Nicholas Vonortas (2012), 'The Value of Flexibility in Adapting to Climate Change: A Real Options Analysis of Investments in Coastal Defense', Climate Change Economics, 3 (2), 1250008-1-33 -- 30. Nicola Ranger, Tim Reeder and Jason Lowe (2013), 'Addressing "Deep" Uncertainty over Long-Term Climate in Major Infrastructure Projects: Four Innovations of the Thames Estuary 2100 Project', EURO Journal on Decision Processes, 1 (3-4), November, 233-62 -- 31. Suraje Dessai and Mike Hulme (2007), 'Assessing the Robustness of Adaptation Decisions to Climate Change Uncertainties: A Case Study on Water Resources Management in the East of England', Global Environmental Change, 17 (1), February, 59-72 -- 32. Gary Yohe and Richard S.J. Tol (2002), 'Indicators for Social and Economic Coping Capacity - Moving Toward a Working Definition of Adaptive Capacity', Global Environmental Change, 12 (1), April, 25-40 -- 33. Torsten Grothmann and Anthony Patt (2005), 'Adaptive Capacity and Human Cognition: The Process of Individual Adaptation to Climate Change', Global Environmental Change, 15 (3), October, 199-213 -- 34. Russell S. Sobel and Peter T. Leeson (2006), 'Government's Response to Hurricane Katrina: A Public Choice Analysis', Public Choice, 127 (1-2), April, 55-73 -- 35. Peter T. Leeson and Russell S. Sobel (2008), 'Weathering Corruption', Journal of Law and Economics, 51 (4), November, 667-81 -- 36. W. Neil Adger, Suraje Dessai, Marisa Goulden, Mike Hulme, Irene Lorenzoni, Donald R. Nelson, Lars Otto Naess, Johanna Wolf and Anita Wreford (2009), 'Are There Social Limits to Adaptation to Climate Change?', Climatic Change, 93 (3-4), April, 335-54 -- 37. Paul Collier, Gordon Conway and Tony Venables (2008), 'Climate Change and Africa', Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 24 (2), July, 337-53 -- 38. Thomas C. Schelling (1992), 'Some Economics of Global Warming', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 1-14
    Kurzfassung: 39. Matthew E. Kahn (2005), 'The Death Toll from Natural Disasters: The Role of Income, Geography, and Institutions', Review of Economics and Statistics, 87 (2), May, 271-84 -- 40. Samuel Fankhauser and Thomas K.J. McDermott (2014), 'Understanding the Adaptation Deficit: Why Are Poor Countries More Vulnerable to Climate Events than Rich Countries?', Global Environmental Change, 27, July, 9-18 -- 41. Robert W. Kates (2000), 'Cautionary Tales: Adaptation and the Global Poor', Climatic Change, 45 (1), April, 5-17 -- 42. Samuel Fankhauser and David Pearce (2014), 'Financing for Sustainable Development', in Giles Atkinson, Simon Dietz, Eric Neumayer and Matthew Agarwala (eds), Handbook of Sustainable Development, 2nd edn, Chapter 28, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 446-59 -- 43. Joel B. Smith, Thea Dickinson, Joseph D.B. Donahue, Ian Burton, Erik Haites, Richard J.T. Klein and Anand Patwardhan (2011), 'Development and Climate Change Adaptation Funding: Coordination and Integration', Climate Policy: International Financial Support to Address Climate Change, 11 (3), 987-1000 -- 44. Sam Barrett (2013), 'Local Level Climate Justice? Adaptation Finance and Vulnerability Reduction', Global Environmental Change, 23 (6), December, 1819-29 -- 45. Seraina Buob and Gunter Stephan (2013), 'On the Incentive Compatibility of Funding Adaptation', Climate Change Economics, 4 (2), September, 1350005-1-18 -- 46. Karen Pittel and Dirk Rübbelke (2013), 'International Climate Finance and Its Influence on Fairness and Policy', World Economy, 36 (4), April, 419-36.
    Kurzfassung: "Managing climate change requires action on both its causes (reducing emissions) and its consequences (adapting to impacts that can no longer be avoided). Human societies can thrive in many climatic conditions. However, such adaptation is not necessarily smooth, and it cannot be taken for granted. This book synthesises the contribution of economics to the study and practice of climate resilience and adaptation. Including an original introduction by the editor, it brings together in one volume some of the most influential articles by economists on climate change adaptation since the topic became a subject of academic interest"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9781788972178
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 217 Seiten)
    Serie: Studies in fiscal federalism and state-local finance
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: Studies in fiscal federalism and state-local finance series
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 321.02
    Schlagwort(e): Intergovernmental fiscal relations ; Fiscal policy ; Finance, Public ; Federal government ; Political parties ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction: Decentralization and parties -- 2: Building the theory: Majoritarian electoral systems and party integration -- 3: Building the theory: Majoritarian electoral systems and non-integrated parties -- 4: Building the theory: Proportional representation and closed party lists -- 5: Building the theory: Proportional representation and open party lists -- 6: Decentralization and integrated parties: Summarizing the models -- 7: Empirically testing the role of political institutions -- 8: Two comparative case studies: Political parties and local governance in nigeria and senegal -- 9: Conclusion: A fine balance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Scholars and practitioners have long hailed fiscal federalism as a critical tool for improving government services, but it has not always lived up to its promise when applied in specific countries. This book offers both an explanation for such mixed effects and a roadmap for better outcomes in the future. It argues that the benefits of fiscal federalism are contingent on a particular confluence of political institutions, namely democratic decentralization and political party integration. With this in mind, the authors emphasize the importance of striking a "fine balance" between the accountability benefits delivered by empowered local governments and the national coordination necessary for good policy outcomes. Such a balance can be achieved, they contend, when integrated party structures compensate for the potential downsides of a decentralized state. The book formalizes this argument for a variety of electoral democracies and, using new data on subnational political institutions, tests it with models of education, health, and infrastructure service delivery in 135 countries across 30 years. It also presents comparative case studies of Senegal and Nigeria. Academic economists and political scientists will value the book for its contribution to the literature on fiscal federalism and political decentralization, and development practitioners will benefit from its practical solutions to the problems of local governance"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9781785365003
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Institutions and evolution of capitalism
    Schlagwort(e): Hodgson, Geoffrey M. ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Institutionenökonomik ; Evolutionsökonomik ; Capitalism ; Capitalism History ; Financial institutions ; Electronic books ; Festschrift ; Institutionenökonomie ; Evolutorische Wirtschaft
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I -- Introduction -- 1: Institutions and evolution of capitalism in Geoff Hodgson's work / Francesca Gagliardi and David Gindis -- Part II: Foundations -- 2: Geoff hodgson on pluralism and historical specificity / Sheila C. Dow -- 3: Mathematical modelling in economics: Seeking a rationale / Tony Lawson -- 4: Dissembling nature, elusive economy / Philip Mirowski -- 5: The rest of the resume: Veblen's teaching and service activities / Charles Camic -- 6: Hodgson, cumulative causation and reflexive economic agents / John B. Davis -- Part III: Institutional economics -- 7: Bridging original and new institutional economics? / John Groenewegen -- 8: Dimensionalizing institutions / Claude Ménard -- 9: Juridical ontology and the theory of the firm / Simon Deakin -- 10 the corporation is not a nexus of contracts: It's an iphone / Richard N. Langlois -- 11: Property, possession and knowledge / Ugo Pagano -- 12: Near misses - a capitalist aborted take-off and a no-show: The united provinces and ming China / Andrew Tylecote -- 13: Institutions are neither autistic maximizers nor flocks of birds: Self-organization, power and learning in human organizations / Giovanni Dosi, Luigi Marengo and Alessandro Nuvolari -- Part IV: Evolutionary economics -- 14: Industry and trade : Marshall's magnificent dynamics / J. Stanley Metcalfe -- 15: Generalized Darwinism, the nature of selection and market efficiency / J.W. Stoelhorst -- 16: Cultural evolution, group selection and downward causation / Viktor J. Vanberg -- 17: Generalized Darwinism, routines and morality / Jack Vromen -- 18: The ubiquity of habits and routines and their contribution to management theory / Markus C. Becker -- 19: The role of selection processes in organizational evolution / Thorbjørn Knudsen -- 20: Why is evolutionary economics not an empirical science? / Kurt Dopfer and Jason Potts -- Part V: Geoff Hodgson on Geoff Hodgson -- 21: A conversation with Geoff Hodgson / Francesca Gagliardi, David Gindis and Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Geoff Hodgson has made substantial contributions to institutional and evolutionary economics, economic methodology, the history of economic thought and social theory. To mark his seminal work, this book features original contributions by world-leading scholars from fields that have played a significant role in influencing his thinking or represent key debates to which he has contributed. Building on some of the central philosophical and methodological foundations underlying Hodgson's thinking, the book is organised around the recurring themes of institutions, evolution and capitalism. The contributors explore key connections between philosophy, the history of economic thought, and institutional and evolutionary economics in the light of Hodgson's often path-breaking work. A vital read for institutional, evolutionary and heterodox economists, this book sheds new light on Hodgson's position in these fields. Drawing together critical insights, this is also an important book for economic scholars looking to improve their understanding of current theory"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789903751
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 335 Seiten)
    Serie: The ILO future of work series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Telework in the 21st century
    Schlagwort(e): Telearbeit ; Welt ; Telecommuting ; Work environment ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Telearbeit
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction: Telework in the 21st century - an evolutionary perspective / Jon C. Messenger -- Part I: Advanced economies -- 1: Telework and its effects in Europe / Lutz Gschwind and Oscar Vargas -- 2: Telework and its effects in Japan / Akio Sato -- 3: Telework and its effects in the United States / Kate Lister and Tom Harnish -- Part II: Emerging economies -- 4: Telework and its effects in Argentina / Sonia Boiarov -- 5: Telework and its effects in Brazil / Alvaro Mello and Armando Dal Colletto -- 6: Organization advantage: Experience of telework in India / Ernesto Noronha and Premilla D'Cruz -- 7: Conclusions and recommendations for policy and practice / Jon C. Messenger -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "New information and communications technologies have revolutionized daily life and work in the 21st century. This insightful book demonstrates how telework has evolved in the last four decades, as technological developments have improved our capacity to work remotely. Based on a new conceptual framework, this book explores the global variations in telework, examining the effects on working conditions and individual and organizational performance. Breaking the traditional intellectual conception that telework is performed only in the home, this book surveys the full breadth of working environments, as technology allows employees increased working mobility. Contributors expose a profound ambiguity surrounding the effects of 21st-century telework, revealing that its advantages and disadvantages may simply be two sides of the same coin. This timely book is crucial reading for researchers of labour and employment interested in the evolution of contemporary telework and the influence of modern technologies in the workplace. Policy-makers will also benefit from this book's concrete policy recommendations to improve the practice of telework"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789908428
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 149 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Nooteboom, Bart, 1941 - Uprooting economics
    DDC: 330.1
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Wirtschaftspsychologie ; Wirtschaftssoziologie ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie ; Economics ; Capitalism ; Economics Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 1: Crisis of capitalism -- 2: Economics -- 3: Markets -- 4: Industries -- 5: A new economics -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Much-needed in the face of present political upheavals, including the rise of populism and re-emergence of nationalism and authoritarian regimes, this book is radical in both its critique and proposals for a new economics. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, Bart Nooteboom offers insights from economics, sociology, cognitive science, social psychology and philosophy. Exploring ways in which economics is developing, the book investigates how new economics has moved away from considering individuals as autonomous and instead studies their involvement and interactions with each other. The book discusses a new relational economics: less contractual, hierarchical and controlled, and more based on trust and mutual adjustment. Nooteboom proposes a shift from utility ethics to the virtue ethics of prudence, courage, moderation and justice. A provocative read for economics students, this work is especially pertinent to those interested in rethinking the subject and expanding upon heterodox theories. It will also prove a useful read to critical economists and sociologists looking to better understand a way forward in our current economic climate"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118859 , 1788118855
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics series 369
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Institutions and economic development
    Schlagwort(e): Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Economic development ; Institutional economics ; Financial institutions Economic aspects ; Politics, Practical Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Daron Acemoglu and Simon Johnson (2005), 'Unbundling institutions', Journal of political economy, 113 (5), October, 949-95 1 -- 2. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2001), 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1369-401 48 -- 3. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2002), 'Reversal of fortune: geography and institutions in the making of the modern world income distribution', Quarterly journal of economics, 117 (4), November, 1231-94 81 -- 4. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2005), 'Institutions as a fundamental cause of long-run growth', in Philippe Aghion and Steven N. Durlauf (eds) Handbook of economic growth, Chapter 6, Volume 1, Part A, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Elsevier, 385-472 145 -- 5. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James Robinson (2005), 'The rise of Europe: Atlantic trade, institutional change, and economic growth', American economic review, 95 (3), June, 546-79 233 -- 6. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2012) 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation: reply', American economic review, 102 (6), October, 3077-110 267 -- 7. Daron Acemoglu, Suresh Naidu, Pascual Restrepo and James A. Robinson (2019), 'Democracy does cause growth', Journal of political economy, 127 (1), January, 47-100 301 -- 8. Raphael A. Auer (2013), 'Geography, institutions, and the making of comparative development', Journal of economic growth, 18 (2), January, 179-215 355 -- 9. Robert J. Barro (1996), 'Democracy and growth', Journal of economic growth, 1 (1), March, 1-27 392 -- 10. Sjoerd Beugelsdijk (2006), 'A note on the theory and measurement of trust in explaining differences in economic growth', Cambridge journal of economics, 30 (3), May, 371-87 419 -- 11. Christian Bjørnskov and Pierre-Guillaume Méon (2013), 'Is trust the missing root of institutions, education, and development?', Public choice, 157 (3-4), December, 641-69 436 -- 12. Maarten Bosker and Harry Garretsen (2009), 'Economic development and the geography of institutions', Journal of economic geography, 9 (3), May, 295-328 465 -- 13. Kai Carstensen and Erich Gundlach (2006), 'The primacy of institutions reconsidered: direct income effects of Malaria prevalence', World bank economic review , 20 (3), January, 309-39 499 -- 14. Stijn Claessens and Luc Laeven (2003), 'Financial development, property rights, and growth', Journal of finance , 58 (6), December, 2401-36 530 -- 15. Christopher Clague, Philip Keefer, Stephen Knack and Mancur Olson (1996), 'Property and contract rights in autocracies and democracies', Journal of economic growth , 1 (2), June, 243-76 566 -- 16. Jakob De Haan, Susanna Lundström and Jan-Egbert Sturm (2006), 'Market-Oriented Institutions and policies and economic growth: a critical survey', Journal of economic surveys , 20 (2), March, 157-91 600 -- 17. Simeon Djankov, Edward Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'The new comparative economics', Journal of comparative economics , 31 (4), December, 595-619 635 -- 18. Hristos Doucouliagos and Mehmet Ali Ulubaşoğlu (2008), 'Democracy and economic growth: a meta-analysis', American journal of political science , 52 (1), January, 61-83 660.
    Kurzfassung: 19. David Dollar and Aart Kraay (2003), 'Institutions, trade, and growth', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 133-62 683 -- 20. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2003), 'Tropics, germs, and crops: how endowments influence economic development', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 3-39 713 -- 1. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2016), 'The European origins of economic development', Journal of economic growth, 21 (3), September, 225-57 1 -- 2. Stanley L. Engerman and Kenneth L. Sokoloff (1997), 'Factor endowments, institutions, and differential paths of growth among new world economies', in Stephen Haber (ed.), How Latin America fell behind, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 260-304 34 -- 3. Theo S. Eicher and Andreas Leukert (2009), 'Institutions and economic performance: endogeneity and parameter heterogeneity', Journal of money, credit and banking, 41 (1), February, 197-219 79 -- 4. Edward L. Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2004), 'Do institutions cause growth?', Journal of economic growth, 9 (3), September, 271-303 102 -- 5. Erich Gundlach and Martin Paldam (2009), 'A farewell to critical junctures: sorting out long-run causality of income and democracy', European journal of political economy, 25 (3), September, 340-54 135 -- 6. James D. Gwartney, Robert A. Lawson and Randall G. Holcombe (1999), 'Economic freedom and the environment for economic growth', Journal of institutional and theoretical economics, 155 (4), December, 643-63 150 -- 7. Robert E. Hall and Charles I. Jones (1999), 'Why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than others?', Quarterly journal of economics, 114 (1), February, 83-116 171 -- 8. Jonathan K. Hanson (2013), 'Growth paradigms and congruent institutions: estimating context-varying effects of political institutions on economic performance', Political science research and methods, 1 (2), December, 239-62 205 -- 9. Ricardo Hausmann, Lant Pritchett and Dani Rodrik (2005), 'Growth accelerations', Journal of economic growth, 10 (4), December, 303-29 229 -- 10. Staff of the International Monetary Fund (2003), 'Growth and Institutions', in (eds) World Economic Outlook, Chapter III, Washington, DC, United States: International Monetary Fund, 95-128 256 -- 11. Richard Jong-A-Pin and Jakob De Haan (2011), 'Political regime change, economic liberalization and growth accelerations', Public choice, 146 (1-2), January, 93-115 290 -- 12. Stephen Knack and Philip Keefer (1995), 'Institutions and economic performance: cross-country tests using alternative institutional measures', Economics and politics, 7 (3), November, 207-27 313 -- 13. Carl Henrik Knutsen (2012), 'Democracy and Economic growth: a survey of arguments and results', International area studies review , 15 (4), December, 393-415 334 -- 14. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and finance', Journal of political economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 357 -- 15. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (1999), 'The quality of government', Journal of law, economics, and organisation , 15 (1), March, 222-79 400 -- 16. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2008), 'The economic consequences of legal origins', Journal of economic literature , 46 (2), June, 285-332 458 -- 17. Robbert Maseland (2013), 'Parasitical cultures? The cultural origins of institutions and development', Journal of economic growth , 18 (2), April, 109-36 506.
    Kurzfassung: 18. Mancur Olson Jr., Naveen Sarna and Anand V. Swamy (2000), 'Governance and growth: a simple hypothesis explaining cross-country differences in productivity growth', Public choice , 102 (3-4), March, 341-64 534 -- 19. Torsten Persson and Guido Tabellini (2009), 'Democratic capital: the nexus of political and economic change', American economic journal: Macroeconomics, 1 (2), July, 88-126 558 -- 20. Dani Rodrik (1999), 'Where did all the growth go? External shocks, social conflict, and growth collapses', Journal of economic growth , 4 (4), December, 385-412 597 -- 21. Dani Rodrik (2000), 'Institutions for high-quality growth: what they are and how to acquire them', studies in comparative international development, 35 (3), September, 3-31 625 -- 22. Dani Rodrik, Arvind Subramanian and Francesco Trebbi (2004), 'Institutions rule: the primacy of institutions over geography and integration in economic development', Journal of economic growth , 9 (2), June, 131-65 654 -- 23. Jeffrey D. Sachs (2003), 'Institutions don't rule: direct effects of geography on per capita income', NBER working paper No. 9490 , February, 1-12 689 -- 24. Rok Spruk (2016), 'Institutional transformation and the origins of world income distribution', Journal of comparative economics , 44 (4), November, 936-60 701.
    Kurzfassung: "This collection carefully selects some of the most influential papers focusing on the relationship between economic and political institutions and economic development. Economic institutions shape economic incentives, such the incentives to become educated, to save and invest, to innovate and to adopt new technologies. Although economic institutions are critical for determining whether a country is poor or prosperous, it is politics and political institutions that determine which economic institutions are present in a country. This collection explores these critical relationships and the causes of economic growth, whilst bringing forth the legal, colonial and financial factors, which contribute, to economic discrepancies across countries. Prefaced by an authoritative introduction by the editor, this collection promises to be a valuable tool for economic researchers and scholars interested in this important subject"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788116739 , 9781788116732 , 9781788116732
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 226 Seiten)
    Serie: Studies in Islamic finance, accounting and governance
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Studies in Islamic finance, accounting and governance series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 330.917/67
    Schlagwort(e): Economic development Religious aspects ; Islam ; Islamic ethics ; Economics Religious aspects ; Islam ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 2. Critical reflections on the development in the muslim world -- 3. Islamic moral economy and development -- 4. Justice and development within Islamic paradigm -- 5. A critical evaluation of the social and economic development performance of Islamic banks -- 6. Conceptualising the Islamic development process -- 7. Conclusion -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: This book explores and analyses economic development within Islamic Moral Economy (IME), which is proposed as an alternative economic and social system to capitalism and socialism. It presents a new model of Islamic development based on the substantive morality of Islam via micro dynamics expressed through an Islamic framework of spiritual development. Shafiullah Jan and Mehmet Asutay argue that the observed development failures of Muslim countries to provide basic necessities and an environment free of oppression and injustice can be overcome with an authentic Islamic development framework and its corresponding value system explored in the book, rather than the existing Eurocentric theory and policy making. In addition, it identifies the theological, political, social and economic boundaries for changing society to produce IME oriented development. Utilising a novel approach to development in Islam, through its substantive ethical and moral framework, the authors critically examine and evaluate the progress of Islamic banking and finance institutions in relation to its aspirations as identified by IME. Advanced Islamic economics and finance scholars will find this a useful source as it explores the intersection between Islamic development and the moral economy. The book will also be a valuable reference for those seeking to align public policies with ethical and moral Islamic frameworks
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112017
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 361
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of housing
    DDC: 333.7
    Schlagwort(e): Immobilienökonomie ; Wohnungsmarkt ; Immobilienpreis ; Environmental economics ; Housing Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Richard Dusansky and Paul W.Wilson (1993), 'The Demand for Housing: Theoretical Considerations', Journal of Economic Theory, 61 (1), October, 120-38 -- 2. Yannis M. Ioannides and Jeffrey E. Zabel (2008), 'Interactions, Neighborhood Selection and Housing Demand', Journal of Urban Economics, 63 (1), January, 229-52 -- 3. Edward L. Glaeser, Matthew E. Kahn and Jordan Rappaport (2008), 'Why do the Poor Live in Cities? The Role of Public Transportation', Journal of Urban Economics, 63 (1), January, 1-24 -- 4. Patrick Bayer, Robert McMillan, Alvin Murphy and Christopher Timmins (2016), 'A Dynamic Model of Demand for Houses and Neighbourhoods', Econometrica, 84 (3), May, 893-942 -- 5. Sanghoon Lee and Jeffrey Lin (2018), 'Natural Amenities, Neighbourhood Dynamic, and Persistence in the Spatial Distribution of Income', Review of Economic Studies, 85 (1), March, 663-94 -- 6. Esteban Rossi-Hansberg, Pierre-Daniel Sarte and Raymond Owens III (2010), 'Housing Externalities', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 485-535 -- 7. Maisy Wong (2013), 'Estimating Ethnic Preferences Using Ethnic Housing Quotas in Singapore', Review of Economic Studies, 80 (3), July, 1178-214 -- 8. Edward L. Glaeser, Joseph Gyourko and Raven E. Saks (2006), 'Urban Growth and Housing Supply', Journal of Economic Geography, 6 (1), August, 71-89 -- 9. Dennis Epple, Brett Gordon and Holger Sieg (2010), 'A New Approach to Estimating the Production Function for Housing', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 905-24 -- 10. Albert Saiz (2010),'The Geographic Determinants of Housing Supply', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (3), August, 1253-96 -- 11. John M. Clapp (2004), 'A Semiparametric Method for Estimating Local House Price Indices', Real Estate Economics, 32 (1), February, 127-60 -- 12. Andrew Caplin, Sumit Chopra, John Leahy, Yann LeCun and Trivikraman Thampy (2008), 'Machine Learning and the Spatial Structure of Housing Returns', Working Paper, December, 1-41 -- 13. Philipe Bracke (2014),'House Prices and Rents: Microevidence from a Matched Dataset in Central London', Real Estate Economics, 43 (2), June, 403-31 -- 14. Stefano Giglio, Matteo Maggiori and Johannes Stroebel (2016), 'No-Bubble Condition: Model-Free Tests in Housing Markets', Econometrica, 84 (3), May, 1047-91 -- 15. John Geanakoplos (1997), 'Promises, Promises' in W. Brian Arthur, Steven N. Durlauf and David A. Lane (eds), The Economy as an Evolving Complex System II, Chapter 12, Reading, Massachusetts, MA, USA: Addison-Wesley, January, 285-320 -- 16. Marjorie Flavin and Takshi Yamashita (2002),'Owner-Occupied Housing and the Composition of the Household Portfolio', American Economic Review, 92 (1), March, 345-62 -- 17. Karl E. Case, John M. Quigley and Robert J. Shiller (2012),'Wealth Effects Revisited 1975-2012', Critical Finance Review, 2 (1), July, 101-28 -- 18. Jack Favilukis, Sydney C. Ludvigson, Stjn Van Nieuwerburgh (2017),'The Macroeconomic Effects of Housing Wealth, Housing Finance, and Limited Risk Sharing in General Equilibrium', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (1), December, 140-223.
    Kurzfassung: 19. Mathew Chambers, Carlos Garriga and Don E. Schlagenhauf (2009),'Accounting for Change in the Homeownership Rate', International Economic Review, 50 (3), August, 677-726 -- 1. Thomas C. Schelling (1969), 'Models of Segregation', American Economic Review Papers and Proceedings of the Eighty-first Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 59 (2), May, 488-93 -- 2. Thomas C. Schelling (1971), 'Dynamic Models of Segregation', Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1 (2), July, 143-86 -- 3. Junfu Zhang (2004), 'A Dynamic Model of Residential Segregation', Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 28 (3), August, 147-70 -- 4. Dejan Vinković and Alan Kirman (2006), 'A Physical Analogue of the Schelling Model', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 103 (51), December, 19261-65 -- 5. Anna Hardman and Yannis M. Ioannides (2004),'Neigbors' Income Distribution: Economic Segregation and Mixing in US Urban Neighborhoods', Journal of Housing Economics, 13 (4), December, 368-82 -- 6. Jan K. Brueckner and Stuart S. Rosenthal (2009), 'Gentrification and Neigborhood Cycles: Will America's Future Downtowns Be Rich?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), November, 725-43 -- 7. David Card, Alexandre Mas and Jesse Rothstein (2008), 'Tipping and the Dynamics of Segregation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (1), February, 177-218 -- 8. Raven E. Saks, Grace Wong and Min Hwang (2008), 'Reassessing the Role of National and Local Shocks in Metropolitan Area Housing Markets', Brooking-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 9, January, 95-126 -- 9. Sean Holly, M. Hashem Pesaran and Takashi Yamagata (2010), 'A Spatio-temporal Model of House Prices in the USA', Journal of Econometrics, 158 (1), September, 160-73 -- 10. Katharina Knoll, Moritz Schularick and Thomas Steger (2017), 'No Price Like Home: Global House Prices, 1870 - 2012 ', American Economic Review, 107 (2), February, 331-53 -- 11. Anna M. Hardman and Yannis M. Ioannides (1999),'Residential Mobility and the Housing Market in a Two-Sector Neoclassical Growth Model', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 101 (2), December, 315-35 -- 12. Mamoru Kaneko, Tamon Ito and Yu-ichi Osawa (2006), 'Duality in Comparative Statics in Rental Housing Markets with Indivisibilities', Journal of Urban Economics, 59 (1), January, 142-70 -- 13. David H. Autor, Christopher J. Palmer and Parag A. Pathak (2014),'Housing Market Spillovers: Evidence from the End of Rent Control in Cambridge, Massachusetts', Journal of Political Economy, 122 (3), June, 661-717 -- 14. Peter Englund and Yannis M. Ioannides (1993), 'The Dynamics of Housing Prices: An International Perspective', in Dieter Bös (ed.), Economics in a Changing World: Volume 3: Public Policy and Economic Organization, London, UK: St. Martin's Press, 175-97 -- 15. Morris A. Davis and Jonathan Heathcote (2005),'Housing and the Business Cycle', International Economic Review, 46 (3), August, 751-84 -- 16. Mateo Iacoviello and Stefano Neri (2010),'Housing Market Spillovers: Evidence from an Estimated DSGE Model', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 2, April, 125-64 -- 17. Edward L. Glaeser, Joseph Gyourko, Eduardo Morales, Charles G. Nathanson (2014),' Housing Dynamics: An Urban Approach', Journal of Urban Economics, 81, May, 45-56 -- 18. Matthew Rognlie (2015),'Deciphering the Fall and Rise in the Net Capital Share: Accumulation or Scarcity?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, (1), Spring, 1-54.
    Kurzfassung: 19. William C. Wheaton (1990), 'Vacancy, Search, and Prices in a Housing Market Matching Model', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1270-92 -- 20. Monika Piazzesi and Martin Schneider (2009), 'Momentum Traders in the Housing Market: Survey Evidence and a Search Model', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 99 (2), May, 406-11 -- 21. Allen Head and Huw Llyod-Ellis (2012),'Housing Liquidity, Mobility and the Labour Market', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (4), 1559-89 -- 22. David Genesove and Lu Han (2012), 'Search and Matching in the Housing Market ', Journal of Urban Economics, 72 (9), July, 31-45 -- 23. James Albrecht, Pieter A. Gautier and Susan Vroman (2016),'Directed Search in the Housing Market', Review of Economic Dynamics, 19, January, 218-31 -- 24. Yannis M. Ioannides and Jeffrey E. Zabel (2017),'Housing and Labor Market Vacancies and Beveridge Curves: Theoretical Framework and Illustrative Statistics', Working Paper, 1-53.
    Kurzfassung: This review considers the most significant and contemporary literary contributions to the field of the economics of housing. It discusses articles that cover the housing markets demand and supply whilst considering these factors interactions on real estate valuations, home ownership and wealth decisions. Literature focusing on the interfaces that occur from the dynamics of neighbourhoods and housing prices is analysed and the review delves into how housing markets and their modelling have attracted particular policy interest, such as rent control. Recent analyses of housing markets through a lens that emphasizes the importance of frictions, namely the Diamond-Mortensen-Pissarides (DMP) model is also extended upon. This review promises to be an informative read to scholars and academics who are immersed in this fascinating topic
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9781788976152
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 240 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Transforming industrial policy for the digital age
    DDC: 338.9
    Schlagwort(e): Industriepolitik ; Industrie 4.0 ; Strukturwandel ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Welt ; Industrial policy ; Technological innovations Economic aspects ; Organizational change ; Employees Effect of technological innovations on ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Industriepolitik ; Strukturwandel
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I: Impact of industry 4.0 on manufacturing -- 1. The role of manufacturing versus that services in economic development / Jostein Hauge and Ha-Joon Chang -- 2. The "lightness" of industry 4.0 lead firms: Implications for global value chains / Lukas Brun, Gary Gereffi and James Zhan -- 3. The national innovation system (NIS) and readiness for the fourth industrial revolution: South Korea compared with four European countries / Keun Lee and Jongho Lee -- Part II: Lessons from past industrial policy -- 4. Industry and government in the long-run: The true story of the American model / Marco R. Di Tommaso, Mattia Tassinari and Andrea Ferrannini -- 5. Chinese industrialization, planning, and policies: Local growth and global equilibria / Marco R. Di Tommaso, Chiara Pollio, Elisa Barbieri and Lauretta Rubini -- 6. Long-term challenges of industrial development in Latin America and the Caribbean / Jorge Máttar -- 7. The future of industrial policies in the world: Towards a new manufacturing narrative / Clemente Ruiz Durán -- Part III: Uneven development in times of industrial revolution and need for territorial industrial policy -- 8. Industry 4.0+ challenges to local productive systems and place-based integrated industrial policies / Marco Bellandi, Lisa de Propris and Enrica Santini -- 9. Economic policy in the time of reactionary populism / Michael J. Piore and David W. Skinner -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Transforming Industrial Policy for the Digital Age argues that digital globalization is inducing deep and productive transformations, making industrial policy necessary in order to reorientate development towards inclusive and more sustainable growth. It demonstrates that industrialization remains an important development process for emerging economies. Featuring contributions by leading scholars, this timely book unpacks the dynamics of 'Industry 4.0', including computer-based algorithms, integration with cloud computing, and the Internet of Things. As existing global value chains take advantage of the new technologies to reorganize production, the contributors explore the implications of new industrial policies, and to what extent they have promoted structural changes that maintain sustainability. This book reflects on the lessons that can be drawn from the history of national industrial policies from across the globe, covering the successes and failures of national policy in promoting industry in response to productive transformations in industrial organization. Insightful and nuanced, this book will benefit scholars of both economics and industrial public policy. International experts and policy-makers will also appreciate this book's critical insight into the transformative shifts in global industrial organization and policies
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970020
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 674 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: revised and extended second edition
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of regional growth and development theories
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Regionalwissenschaft ; Regionales Wachstum ; Regionalentwicklung ; Entwicklung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Regionales Cluster ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Theorie ; Welt ; Economic development ; Regional economics ; Regional economics Econometric models ; Regional economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionales Wirtschaftswachstum ; Regionalwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface to the second edition: Novelties and advances / Roberta Capello and Peter Nijkamp -- Part I: Growth theories and space -- 1. Theories of agglomeration and regional economic growth: A historical review / Philip McCann and Frank van Oort -- 2. Space, growth and development: A historical perspective and recent advances / Roberta Capello -- 3. Location/allocation of regional growth / Gunther Maier and Michaela Trippl -- 4. Regional growth and trade in the new economic geography and other recent theories / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 5. Leadership, institutions and regional economic development and growth / Roger Stough -- Part II: Development theories: Regional production factors -- 6. Agglomeration, productivity and regional growth: Production theory approaches / Jeffrey P. Cohen, Cletus C. Coughlin, and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 7. Territorial capital and regional development: Theoretical insights and appropriate policies / Roberto Camagni -- 8. Human capital and regional development / Alessandra Faggian, Félix Modrego and Philip McCann -- 9. Infrastructure and regional development / Johannes Bröcker, Dirk Dohse and Piet Rietveld -- 10. The nexus of entrepreneurship and regional development / Manfred M. Fischer and Peter Nijkamp -- 11. Foreign direct investments, global value chains and regional development / Laura Resmini -- Part III: Development theories: Innovation, knowledge and space -- 12. Theories of innovation in space: Path-breaking achievements in regional science / Roberta Capello -- 13. Innovation and space. Achievements and prospects / Camilla Lenzi -- 14. R&D spillovers and regional development/growth / Daria Denti -- 15. Regional development and knowledge / Borje Johansson and Charlie Karlsson -- 16. Territorial development and proximity relations / André Torre -- 17. Sustainable development and regional growth revisited / Amitrajeet A. Batabyal and Peter Nijkamp -- 18. Spatial clusters and regional development / Peter Gordon and Karima Kourtit -- Part IV: Regional growth and development measurement methods -- 19. Measuring agglomeration / Ryohei Nakamura and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 20. Investigating endogenous regional performance / Robert J Stimson, William Mitchell, Michael Flanagan, and Alistair Robson -- 21. Spatial-economic disparities and convergence / Stilianos Alexiadis -- 22. Heterogeneous reaction versus interaction in spatial econometric regional growth and convergence models / Julie Le Gallo and Ertur Cem -- 23. CGE modelling in space:a survey / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 24. Modern regional input-output and impact analyses / Jan Oosterhaven, Karen R. Polenske and Geoffrey J. D. Hewings -- Part V: Regional growth and development policies -- 25. Institutions and regional development / T.R. Lakshmanan and Ken J. Button -- 26. Regional policy: Rationale, foundations and measurement of effects / Jouke van Dijk, Henk Folmer and Jan Oosterhaven -- 27. Regional policy models: A review / Ana M. B. Barufi and Eduardo A. Haddad -- 28. Quantitative evaluation techniques for regional policies / Augusto Cerqua and Guido Pellegrini -- 29. The regional adjustment model: An instrument of evidence-based policy / John I. Carruthers and Gordon F. Mulligan -- 30. Economic decline and public intervention: Do special economic zones matter? / Peter Friedrich and Chang Woon Nam -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: In recent years, economic crises, regional fragmentation trends, radical technological innovation and the failures of regional policies have expanded the knowledge horizon of experts in regional growth and development. This fully updated, revised and expanded Second Edition contains ten new chapters as well as exploring theories prevalent in the first edition in the face of recent changes in the field. With 30 chapters from leading experts from across the globe, this Handbook looks at new pathways in regional economics, presenting the most cutting-edge theories explaining regional growth and local development. It thoroughly examines recent advances in theories, the normative potentialities that they have and the cross-fertilization of ideas between regional and mainstream economists, providing crucial insights to the topic. This will be an essential source of reference and information for scholars and advanced students of regional science and regional economics. It will also be a useful tool for experts in international institutions researching regional growth
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Literaturangaben
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116176 , 1788116178
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 300 Seiten)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Skilled labor mobility and migration
    Schlagwort(e): ASEAN ; Arbeitsmigranten ; Fachkräfte ; Arbeitsmobilität ; Produktivitätsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; ASEAN-Staaten ; Economic development ; Skilled labor ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Association of Southeast Asian Nations ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Facharbeiter ; Mobilität
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword -- Preface -- 1. Trends and patterns in intra-ASEAN migration / Aiko Kikkawa and Eric B. Suan -- 2. Skilled migration in the literature: What we know, what we think we know, and why it matters to know the difference / Elisabetta Gentile -- 3. Economic impacts of skilled labor mobility within the ASEAN economic community / Erwin Corong and Angel Aguiar -- 4. Implications of ASEAN economic integration on services: A global computable general equilibrium analysis / Kakali Mukhopadhyay -- 5. Employment effects of removal of restrictions on the movement of natural persons in the ASEAN banking sector / Huong Dinh -- 6. Skills mobility and postsecondary education in the ASEAN economic community / Maki Kato -- 7. Institutionalized costs and international migration patterns / Saibal Kar -- 8. Expanding skilled-worker mobility: Comparing the migration of Indonesian careworkers to Taipei, China and Indonesian nurses and careworkers to Japan / Ratih Pratiwi Anwar -- 9. Will ASEAN mutual recognition arrangements induce skilled workers to move? A case study of the engineering labor market in Thailand / Sasiwimon Warunsiri Paweenawat and Jessica Vechbanyongratana -- 10. Skill flows and the fourth industrial revolution: Future questions and directions for the ASEAN economic community / Anna Fink and Elisabetta Gentile -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Regional integration plays an important role in the advance of economic and social development across many parts of the world. Generating growth and expanding markets, it boosts productivity through the exchange of ideas, technologies, and human resources. This book explores the key vision of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN): fostering the free flow of goods, services, investment, and skilled labor in order to establish a globally competitive region with a single market and production base. Bringing together contributions from renowned scholars in their respective fields, this book takes stock of the trends and patterns of skilled labor migration in the ASEAN, examining the existing literature and adding to it with unique insights drawn from original case studies and policy simulations. Identifying the challenges posed by recent significant changes, this book also looks to the future, to identify potential policy responses. The contributions dispel a common assumption that skill mobility is a zero-sum game, and instead contend that it can be mutually beneficial for both sides. With rigorous quantitative analysis this book will be a useful tool for both policy practitioners and policymakers as well as for researchers and students of international development, economics, and Asian studies"--
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9781788975001
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 203 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Berg, Chris Understanding the blockchain economy
    Schlagwort(e): Institutionenökonomik ; Blockchain ; Virtuelle Währung ; Blockchains (Databases) ; Cryptocurrencies ; Electronic books ; Institutionenökonomie ; Blockchain
    Kurzfassung: Contents 1. Introduction -- 2. The institutional economics of blockchain -- 3. The universal turing institution -- 4. The microfoundations of ledgers -- 5. Money, dequity, and the barter economy of the future -- 6. Supply chains and identity -- 7. The V-form organisation and the future of the firm -- 8. Public policy in a blockchain era -- 9. Capitalism after Satoshi -- 10. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Offering the first scholarly analysis of the economic nature of blockchains and the formation of the blockchain economy, this timely book explores the future of global capitalism. Applying the institutional economics of Ronald Coase and Oliver Williamson, the authors highlight how blockchains are poised to reshape the nature of firms, governments, markets and civil society. Chapters apply basic economic principles to explore blockchains and distributed ledger technologies through the framework of institutional economics. The book suggests ways in which cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin may develop further in the future, bringing us back to a barter economy which removes the need for a third person in economic transactions. Outlining a ledger-centric view of the economy, the authors explore how blockchains and dehierarchalisation will reduce the demand for government regulation. Institutional economists and scholars will greatly appreciate the thorough analysis of the development of institutional cryptoeconomics and insight into the future of blockchains that this book offers. Computer and technology scientists will also find this book to be a valuable read, as well as those working specifically in the blockchain industry"--
    Anmerkung: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 168-198
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112192
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 359
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Teaching college economics
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftsstudium ; Wirtschaftspädagogik ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Hochschullehre ; Didaktik ; Studierende ; Economics Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. George J. Stigler (1970), 'The Case, if Any, for Economic Literacy', Journal of Economic Education, 1 (2), Spring, 77-84 -- 2. Michael K. Salemi and John J. Siegfried (1999), 'The State of Economic Education', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 89 (2), May, 355-61 -- 3. David Colander (2004), 'The Art of Teaching Economics', International Review of Economics Education, 3 (1), 63-76 -- 4. John J. Siegfried and Rendigs Fels (1979), 'Research on Teaching College Economics: A Survey', Journal of Economic Literature, XVII (3), September, 923-69 -- 5. William E. Becker (1997), 'Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (3), September, 1347-73 -- 6. Sam Allgood, William B. Walstad and John J. Siegfried (2015), 'Research on Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, 53 (2), June, 285-325 -- 7. William B. Walstad (1987), 'Measurement Instruments', in William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (eds), Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 5, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 73-98 -- 8. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2008), 'The Test of Understanding of College Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 547-51 -- 9. William B. Walstad and Jamie Wagner (2016), 'The Disaggregation of Value-Added Test Scores to Assess Learning Outcomes in Economics Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (2), 121-31 -- 10. John C. Soper and William B. Walstad (1983), 'On Measuring Economic Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (4), Fall, 4-17 -- 11. Dale Van Metre (1976), 'A Learning Theory for Economics Instructional Development', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (2), Spring, 95-103 -- 12. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part I, Issues and Questions', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (1), Winter, 10-17 -- 13. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part II, New Directions in Theoretical Model Building', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (2), Spring, 4-10 -- 14. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part III, Statistical Estimation Methods', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (3), Summer, 4-15 -- 15. William E. Becker, Jr. (1982), 'The Educational Process and Student Achievement Given Uncertainty in Measurement', American Economic Review, 72 (1), March, 229-36 -- 16. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1987), 'Statistical Methods in Economic Education Research', in Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 1, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 1-17 -- 17. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1990), 'Data Loss from Pretest to Posttest as a Sample Selection Problem', Review of Economics and Statistics, 72 (1), February 184-88 -- 18. Nan L. Maxwell and Jane S. Lopus (1994), 'The Lake Wobegon Effect in Student Self-Reported Data', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 84 (2), May, 201-5 -- 19. Phillip Saunders and Arthur L. Welsh (1998), 'Lectures as an Instructional Method', in William B. Walstad and Phillip Saunders (eds), Teaching Undergraduate Economics: A Handbook for Instructors, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Irwin McGraw Hill, 167-83
    Kurzfassung: 20. Alan Green (2014), 'The Case for the Traditional Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 16 (B), May, 87-99 -- 21. Scott Simkins and Mark Maier (2009), 'Using Pedagogical Change to Improve Student Learning in the Economics Major', in David Colander and KimMarie McGoldrick (eds), Educating Economists: The Teagle Discussion on Re-evaluating the Undergraduate Economics Major, Part 3, Chapter 8, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 83-91 -- 22. Mark H. Maier, KimMarie McGoldrick and Scott P. Simkins (2012), 'Starting Point: Pedagogic Resources for Teaching and Learning Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 215-20 -- 23. William E. Becker and Michael Watts (1996), 'Chalk and Talk: A National Survey on Teaching Undergraduate Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 86 (2), May, 448-53 -- 24. William B. Walstad (2010), 'Findings from a Teaching Innovation Program for Economics Faculty', in Michael K. Salemi and William B. Walstad (eds), Teaching Innovations in Economics: Strategies and Applications for Interactive Instruction, Chapter 11, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 243-61 -- 25. Yvonne Durham, Thomas McKinnon and Craig Schulman (2007), 'Classroom Experiments: Not Just Fun and Games', Economic Inquiry, 45 (1), January, 162-78 -- 26. Tisha L. N. Emerson and Linda K. English (2016), 'Classroom Experiments: Teaching Specific Topics or Promoting the Economic Way of Thinking?', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 288-99 -- 27. Rita A. Balaban, Donna B. Gilleskie and Uyen Tran (2016), 'A Quantitative Evaluation of the Flipped Classroom in a Large Lecture Principles of Economics Course', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 269-87 -- 28. Neal H. Olitsky and Sarah B. Cosgrove (2016), 'The Better Blend? Flipping the Principles of Microeconomics Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 21, January, 1-11 -- 29. Tisha L. N. Emerson, Linda K. English and KimMarie McGoldrick (2015), 'Evaluating the Cooperative Component in Cooperative Learning: A Quasi-Experimental Study', Journal of Economic Education, 46 (1), 1-13 -- 30. Paul L. Hettler (2015), 'Student Demographics and the Impact of Team-Based Learning', International Advances in Economic Research, 21 (4), November, 413-22 -- 31. KimMarie McGoldrick and Peter W. Schuhmann (2016), 'The Impact of Challenge Quizzes on Student Knowledge', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 373-77 -- 32. William Lee, Richard H. Courtney and Steven J. Balassi (2010), 'Do Online Homework Tools Improve Student Results in Principles of Microeconomics Courses?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 283-86 -- 33. Trien Nguyen and Angela Trimarchi (2010), 'Active Learning in Introductory Economics: Do MyEconLab and Aplia Make Any Difference?', International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 4 (1), 1-18 -- 34. Elisabeth Allison (1975), 'Self-Paced Instruction: A Review', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (1), Fall, 5-12 -- 35. Kim P. Huynh, David T. Jacho-Chávez and James K. Self (2010), 'The Efficacy of Collaborative Learning Recitation Sessions on Student Outcomes', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 287-91 -- 36. Vincent G. Munley, Eoghan Garvey and Michael J. McConnell (2010), 'The Effectiveness of Peer Tutoring on Student Achievement at the University Level', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 277-82 -- 37. Paul W. Grimes and Paul S. Nelson (1998), 'The Social Issues Pedagogy vs. the Traditional Principles of Economics: An Empirical Examination', American Economist, 42 (1), Spring, 56-64 -- 38. Donna B. Gilleskie and Michael K. Salemi (2012), 'The Cost of Economic Literacy: How Well Does a Literacy-Targeted Principles of Economics Course Prepare Students for Intermediate Theory Courses?', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 111-32
    Kurzfassung: 39. Aaron Swoboda and Lauren Feiler (2016), 'Measuring the Effect of Blended Learning: Evidence from a Selective Liberal Arts College', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 368-72 -- 40. Carlos J. Asarta and James R. Schmidt (2017), 'Comparing Student Performance in Blended and Traditional Courses: Does Prior Academic Achievement Matter?', The Internet and Higher Education, 32, January, 29-38 -- 41. Campbell R. McConnell (1968), 'An Experiment with Television in the Elementary Course', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 469-82 -- 42. Elisabeth K. Allison (1976), 'The Use of Video in Economic Education', Journal of Economic Education, 8 (1), Fall, 27-36 -- 43. Paul W. Grimes, Timothy L. Krehbiel, Joyce E. Nielsen and James F. Niss, (1989), 'The Effectiveness of Economics U$A on Learning and Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 20 (2), Spring, 139-52 -- 44. Caroline Elliott and David Neal (2016), 'Evaluating the Use of Lecture Capture Using a Revealed Preference Approach', Active Learning in Higher Education, 17 (2), July, 153-67 -- 45. Donald W. Paden, Bruce R. Dalgaard and Michael D. Barr (1977), 'A Decade of Computer-Assisted Instruction', Journal of Economic Education, 9 (1), Fall, 14-20 -- 46. James W. Marlin, Jr. and James F. Niss (1982), 'The Advanced Learning System, a Computer-managed, Self-paced System of Instruction: An Application in Principles of Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 13 (2), Summer, 26-39 -- 47. Paul W. Grimes and Margaret A. Ray (1993), 'Economics: Microcomputers in the College Classroom - A Review of the Academic Literature', Social Science Computer Review, 11 (4), Winter, 452-63 -- 48. Peter Navarro (2015), 'How Economics Faculty Can Survive (and Perhaps Thrive) in a Brave New Online World', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), Fall, 155-75 -- 49. Byron W. Brown and Carl E. Liedholm (2002), 'Can Web Courses Replace the Classroom in Principles of Microeconomics?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 444-48 -- 50. Dennis Coates, Brad R. Humphreys, John Kane and Michelle A. Vachris (2004), '"No Significant Distance" between Face-to-Face and Online Instruction: Evidence from Principles of Economics', Economics of Education Review, 23 (5), October, 533-46 -- 51. Abhijit V. Banerjee and Esther Duflo (2014), '(Dis)Organization and Success in an Economics MOOC', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 514-18 -- 52. Rebecca Moryl (2013), 'T-Shirts, Moonshine, and Autopsies: Using Podcasts to Engage Undergraduate Microeconomics Students', International Review of Economics Education, 13, May, 67-74 -- 53. Abdullah Al-Bahrani, Darshak Patel and Brandon Sheridan (2015), 'Engaging Students Using Social Media: The Students' Perspective', International Review of Economics Education, 19, May, 36-50 -- 54. Peter W. Schuhmann, KimMarie McGoldrick and Robert T. Burrus (2005), 'Student Quantitative Literacy: Importance, Measurement, and Correlation with Economic Literacy', American Economist, 49 (1), Spring, 49-65 -- 55. William Bosshardt (2004), 'Student Drops and Failure in Principles Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 111-28 -- 56. Carlos Dobkin, Ricard Gil and Justin Marion (2010), 'Skipping Class in College and Exam Performance: Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity Classroom Experiment', Economics of Education Review, 29 (4), August, 566-75 -- 57. Joe Kerkvliet (1994), 'Cheating by Economics Students: A Comparison of Survey Results', Journal of Economic Education, 25 (2), Spring, 121-33
    Kurzfassung: 58. Wayne A. Grove and Tim Wasserman (2006), 'Incentives and Student Learning: A Natural Experiment with Economics Problem Sets', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 96 (2), May, 447-52 -- 59. William B. Walstad and Denise Robson (1997), 'Differential Item Functioning and Male-Female Differences on Multiple-Choice Tests in Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 28 (2), Spring, 155-71 -- 60. Elizabeth J. Jensen and Ann L. Owen (2000), 'Why Are Women Such Reluctant Economists? Evidence from Liberal Arts Colleges', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 90 (2), May, 466-70 -- 61. Sue K. Stockly (2009), 'Is Race a Determinant of Student Performance in Economics?', Review of Black Political Economy, 36 (3-4), December-January, 181-95 -- 62. Andrea L. Ziegert (2000), 'The Role of Personality Temperament and Student Learning in Principles of Economics: Further Evidence', Journal of Economic Education, 31 (4), Fall, 307-22 -- 63. Paul W. Grimes (2002), 'The Overconfident Principles of Economics Student: An Examination of a Metacognitive Skill', Journal of Economic Education, 33 (1), Winter, 15-30 -- 64. Lester Hadsell (2010), 'Achievement Goals, Locus of Control, and Academic Success in Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 272-76 -- 65. Mary Ellen Benedict and John Hoag (2002), 'Who's Afraid of Their Economics Classes? Why Are Students Apprehensive about Introductory Economics Courses? An Empirical Investigation', American Economist, 46 (2), Fall, 31-44 -- 66. Paul W. Grimes, Meghan J. Millea and Thomas W. Woodruff (2004), 'Grades - Who's to Blame? Student Evaluation of Teaching and Locus of Control', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 129-47 -- 67. Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Professor Qualities and Student Achievement', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (1), February, 83-92 -- 68. Eric P. Bettinger and Bridget Terry Long (2005), 'Do Faculty Serve as Role Models? The Impact of Instructor Gender on Female Students', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 95 (2), May, 152-57 -- 69. William B. Walstad and William E. Becker (2010), 'Preparing Graduate Students in Economics for Teaching: Survey Findings and Recommendations', Journal of Economic Education, 41 (2), 202-10 -- 70. Georg Schaur, Michael Watts and William E. Becker (2008), 'Assessment Practices and Trends in Undergraduate Economics Courses', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 552-56 -- 71. Sam Allgood and William B. Walstad (2013), 'How Economists Allocate Time to Teaching and Research', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 103 (3), May, 654-58 -- 72. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2002), 'Assessing the Economic Knowledge and Economic Opinions of Adults', Quarterly Review of Economics and Finance, 42 (5), 921-35 -- 73. Sam Allgood, William Bosshardt, Wilbert van der Klaauw and Michael Watts (2011), 'Economics Coursework and Long-Term Behavior and Experiences of College Graduates in Labor Markets and Personal Finance', Economic Inquiry, 49 (3), July, 771-94
    Kurzfassung: This authoritative literature review discusses a collection of classic and contemporary research articles examining the common ground that all academic economists share: the college classroom. The study analyses readings by leading authors covering all aspects of modern economic education research - from building theoretical models of student learning, to evaluating the long-run impact of economic knowledge on individual behavior. Specific attention is given to the growing literature that evaluates the effectiveness of modern technology and alternative pedagogies on student learning of economics. Written by an expert in the field, this review serves as a comprehensive guide for researchers who are interested in conducting classroom research
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786437686
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 363
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Regional economic advantage
    DDC: 338.9
    Schlagwort(e): Regionalentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Regionales Cluster ; Industrialisierung ; Innovationssystem ; Relationale Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Regionalpolitik ; Regionalentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Regionales Cluster ; Industrialisierung ; Innovationssystem ; Relationale Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Regionalpolitik ; Smart Specialisation ; Constructing Regional Advantage ; Smart Specialisation ; Regional economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Sebastiano Brusco (1982), 'The Emilian Model: Productive Decentralisation and Social Integration', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 6 (2), June, 167-84 -- 2. Giacomo Becattini (1990), 'The Marshallian Industrial District as a Socio-Economic Notion', in F. Pyke, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds), Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-Operation in Italy, Chapter 4, Geneva, Switzerland: International Institute for Labour Studies, 37-51 -- 3. Sebastiano Brusco (1990), 'The Idea of the Industrial District: Its Genesis', in F. Pyke, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds), Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-Operation in Italy, Chapter 2, Geneva, Switzerland: International Institute for Labour Studies, 10-19 -- 4. Bjørn T. Asheim (2000), 'Industrial Districts: The Contributions of Marshall and Beyond', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part IV, Section 9, Chapter 21, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 413-31 -- 5. Roberto P. Camagni (1995), 'The Concept of Innovative Milieu and its Relevance for Public Policies in European Lagging Regions', Papers in Regional Science, 74 (4), October, 317-40 -- 6. Denis Maillat (1995), 'Territorial Dynamic, Innovative Milieus and Regional Policy', Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 7 (2), 157-65 -- 7. Giorgio Fuà (1983), 'Rural Industrialization in Later Developed Countries: The Case of Northeast and Central Italy', Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 36 (147), December, 351-77 -- 8. Charles Sabel and Jonathan Zeitlin (1985), 'Historical Alternatives to Mass Production: Politics, Markets and Technology in Nineteenth-Century Industrialization', Past and Present, 108 (1), August, 133-76 -- 9. A. J. Scott (1988), 'Flexible Production Systems and Regional Development: The Rise of New Industrial Spaces in North America and Western Europe', International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 12 (2), June, 171-85 -- 10. Michael Storper and Bennett Harrison (1991), 'Flexibility, Hierarchy and Regional Development: The Changing Structure of Industrial Production Systems and Their Forms of Governance in the 1990s', Research Policy, 20 (5), October, 407-22 -- 11. Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift (1992), 'Neo-Marshallian Nodes in Global Networks', International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 16 (4), December, 571-87 -- 12. Michael Storper (1995), 'The Resurgence of Regional Economies, Ten Years Later: The Region as a Nexus of Untraded Interdependencies', European Urban and Regional Studies, 2 (3), July, 191-221 -- 13. AnnaLee Saxenian (1996), 'Inside-Out: Regional Networks and Industrial Adaptation in Silicon Valley and Route 128', Cityscape: Bridging Regional Growth and Community Empowerment, 2 (2), May, 41-60 -- 14. Richard Florida (2002), 'The Economic Geography of Talent', Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 92 (4), 743-55 -- 15. Meric S. Gertler (2003), 'Tacit Knowledge and the Economic Geography of Context, or The Undefinable Tacitness of Being (There)', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 75-99 -- 16. Michael Storper and Anthony J. Venables (2004), 'Buzz: Face-to-Face Contact and the Urban Economy', Journal of Economic Geography, 4 (4), August, 351-70 -- 17. Andrés Rodríguez-Pose (2013), 'Do Institutions Matter for Regional Development?', Regional Studies, 47 (7), 1034-47 -- 18. Bjørn Asheim, Philip Cooke and Ron Martin (2006), 'The Rise of the Cluster Concept in Regional Analysis and Policy: A Critical Assessment', in Clusters and Regional Development: Critical Reflections and Explorations, Chapter 1, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 1-29 -- 19. Michael E. Porter (2000), 'Locations, Clusters, and Company Strategy', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part III, Section 6, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 253-74
    Kurzfassung: 20. Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- 21. Maryann P. Feldman, Johanna Francis and Janet Bercovitz (2005), 'Creating a Cluster While Building a Firm: Entrepreneurs and the Formation of Industrial Clusters', Regional Studies, 39 (1), February, 129-41 -- 22. Anders Malmberg and Dominic Power (2006), 'True Clusters: A Severe Case of Conceptual Headache', in Bjørn Asheim, Philip Cooke and Ron Martin (eds), Clusters and Regional Development: Critical Reflections and Explorations, Chapter 3, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 50-68 -- 23. Anders Malmberg and Peter Maskell (2006), 'Localized Learning Revisited', Growth and Change, 37 (1), March, 1-18 -- 24. Bjørn T. Asheim, Arne Isaksen, Roman Martin and Michaela Trippl (2017), 'The Role of Clusters and Public Policy in New Regional Economic Path Development', in Dirk Fornahl and Robert Hassink (eds), The Life Cycle of Clusters: A Policy Perspective, Part I, Chapter 1, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 13-34 -- 25. Philip Cooke (2001), 'Regional Innovation Systems, Clusters, and the Knowledge Economy', Industrial and Corporate Change, 10 (4), December, 945-74 -- 26. Kevin Morgan (1997), 'The Learning Region: Institutions, Innovation and Regional Renewal', Regional Studies, 31 (5), 491-503 -- 27. Maryann P. Feldman (2000), 'Location and Innovation: The New Economic Geography of Innovation, Spillovers, and Agglomeration', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part IV, Section 8, Chapter 19, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 373-94 -- 28. Bjørn T. Asheim and Arne Isaksen (2002), 'Regional Innovation Systems: The Integration of Local "Sticky" and Global "Ubiquitous" Knowledge', Journal of Technology Transfer, 27 (1), January, 77-86 -- 29. Franz Tödtling and Michaela Trippl (2005), 'One Size Fits All? Towards a Differentiated Regional Innovation Policy Approach', Research Policy: Regionalization of Innovation Policy, 34 (8), October, 1203-19 -- 30. Bjørn T. Asheim and Meric S. Gertler (2005), 'The Geography of Innovation: Regional Innovation Systems', in Jan Fagerberg, David C. Mowery and Richard R. Nelson (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Innovation, Part II, Chapter 11, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 291-317 -- 31. Harald Bathelt, Anders Malmberg and Peter Maskell (2004), 'Clusters and Knowledge: Local Buzz, Global Pipelines and the Process of Knowledge Creation', Progress in Human Geography, 28 (1), February, 31-56 -- 32. Kevin Morgan (2004), 'The Exaggerated Death of Geography: Learning, Proximity and Territorial Innovation Systems', Journal of Economic Geography, 4 (1), January, 3-21 -- 33. AnnaLee Saxenian (2005), 'From Brain Drain to Brain Circulation: Transnational Communities and Regional Upgrading in India and China', Studies in Comparative International Development, 40 (2), Summer, 35-61 -- 34. Elisa Giuliani and Martin Bell (2005), 'The Micro-Determinants of Meso-Level Learning and Innovation: Evidence from a Chilean Wine Cluster', Research Policy, 34 (1), February, 47-68 -- 35. Henry Wai-chung Yeung (2009), 'Regional Development and the Competitive Dynamics of Global Production Networks: An East Asian Perspective', Regional Studies: Local and Regional Development in Asia, 43 (3), April, 325-51 -- 36. Dominique Foray (2014), 'From Smart Specialisation to Smart Specialisation Policy', European Journal of Innovation Management, Special Issue: Research and Innovation Strategies for Smart Specialisation in Europe, 17 (4), 492-507 -- 37. Ron Boschma (2014), 'Constructing Regional Advantage and Smart Specialisation: Comparison of Two European Policy Concepts', Italian Journal of Regional Science, Special Issue: Smart Specialisation and the New EU Cohesion Policy Reform, 13 (1), 51-68 -- 38. Philip McCann and Raquel Ortega-Argilés (2015), 'Smart Specialization, Regional Growth and Applications to European Union Cohesion Policy', Regional Studies: Place-Based Economic Development and the New EU Cohesion Policy, 49 (8), 1291-302
    Kurzfassung: 39. Bjørn Asheim, Markus Grillitsch and Michaela Trippl (2017), 'Smart Specialization as an Innovation-Driven Strategy for Economic Diversification: Examples From Scandinavian Regions', in Slavo Radosevic, Adrian Curaj, Radu Gheorghiu, Liviu Andreescu and Imogen Wade (eds), Advances in the Theory and Practice of Smart Specialization, Chapter 4, London and Oxford, UK and Cambridge MA and San Diego, CA, USA: Academic Press, 73-97 -- 40. Ron A. Boschma (2004), 'Competitiveness of Regions from an Evolutionary Perspective', Regional Studies, 38 (9), December, 1001-14 -- 41. Ron Martin (2010), 'Roepke Lecture in Economic Geography - Rethinking Regional Path Dependence: Beyond Lock-in to Evolution', Economic Geography, 86 (1), January, 1-27 -- 42. Ron Boschma (2015), 'Towards an Evolutionary Perspective on Regional Resilience', Regional Studies: Evolutionary Economic Geography: Theoretical and Empirical Progress, 49 (5), 733-51 -- 43. James Simmie (2013), 'Path Dependence and New Technological Path Creation in the Economic Landscape', in Philip Cooke (ed.), Re-framing Regional Development: Evolution, Innovation and Transition, Part II, Chapter 8, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 164-85 -- 44. Stuart Dawley, Danny MacKinnon, Andrew Cumbers and Andy Pike (2015), 'Policy Activism and Regional Path Creation: The Promotion of Offshore Wind in North East England and Scotland', Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy and Society, 8 (2), July, 257-72 -- 45. Arne Isaksen and Michaela Trippl (2016), 'Path Development in Different Regional Innovation Systems: A Conceptual Analysis', in Mario Davide Parrilli, Rune Dahl Fitjar and Andrés Rodríguez-Pose (eds), Innovation Drivers and Regional Innovation Strategies, Part I, Chapter 4, New York, NY, USA and Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 66-84
    Kurzfassung: This comprehensive literature review presents key contributions to the topic of regional economic advantage. It helps the reader to understand how regions build advantage for industrial development through the use of endogenous and exogenous resources, how regional industrial development can be supported by place-based policy, and how the form and mechanisms of regional advantage change over time in a path dependent manner. Also analysed is research on industrial districts and new industrial spaces, as well as regional clusters and innovation systems, along with more recent discussion of global development impulses and evolutionary perspectives on regional development. Written by three experts in the field, this important review is an essential resource for those studying, researching or practicing in this area
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114448 , 1788114442
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 362
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Global value chains
    DDC: 382
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Business networks ; International trade ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Wertschöpfungskette
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gary Gereffi, John Humphrey and Timothy Sturgeon (2005), 'The Governance of Global Value Chains', Review of International Political Economy, 12 (1), February, 78-104 -- 2. Gary Gereffi (1999), 'International Trade and Industrial Upgrading in the Apparel Commodity Chain', Journal of International Economics, 48 (1), 37-70 -- 3. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2001), 'Governance in Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 19-29 -- 4. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2002), 'Modular Production Networks: A New American Model of Industrial Organisation', Industrial and Corporate Change, 11 (3), June, 451-95 -- 5. Jennifer Bair (2005), 'Global Capitalism and Commodity Chains: Looking Back, Going Forward', Competition and Change, 9 (2), June, 153-80 -- 6. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2009), 'From Commodity Chains to Value Chains: Interdisciplinary Theory Building in an Age of Globalisation', in Jennifer Bairs (ed.), Frontiers of Commodity Chain Research, Chapter 6, Stanford CA: Stanford University Press, 110-35, references -- 7. Peter Gibbon (2008), 'Governance, Entry Barriers, 'Upgrading: A Re-Interpretation of Some GVC Concepts from the Experience of African Clothing Exports', Competition and Change, 12 (1), March, 29-48 -- 8. Raphael Kaplinsky (2000), 'Globalisation and Unequalisation: What Can Be Learned from Value Chain Analysis?', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December, 117-46 -- 9. Carlo Pietrobelli and Federica Saliola (2008), 'Power Relationships Along the Value Chain: Multinational Firms, Global Buyers and Performance of Local Suppliers', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 32 (6), November, 947-62 -- 10. Raphael Kaplinsky, Mike Morris and Jeff Readman (2002), 'The Globalization of Product Markets and Immiserizing Growth: Lessons from the South African Furniture Industry', World Development, 30 (7), July, 1159-77 -- 11. Mike Morris and Cornelia Staritz (2014), 'Industrialization Trajectories in Madagascar's Export Apparel Industry: Ownership, Embeddedness, Markets, and Upgrading', World Development, 56, April, 243-57 -- 12. Raphael Kaplinsky, Anne Terheggen and Julia Tijaja (2011), 'China as a Final Market: The Gabon Timber and Thai Cassava Value Chains', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1177-90 -- 13. Stefano Ponte and Peter Gibbon (2005), 'Quality Standards, Conventions and the Governance of Global Value Chains', Economy and Society, 34 (1), February, 1-31 -- 14. Khalid Nadvi (2008), 'Global Standards, Global Governance and the Organization of Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 323-43 -- 15. Doris Fuchs, Agni Kalfagianni and Tetty Havinga (2011), 'Actors in Private Food Governance: The Legitimacy of Retail Standards and Multistakeholder Initiatives with Civil Society Participation', Agriculture and Human Values, 28 (3), September, 353-67 -- 16. Stephanie Barrientos (2001), 'Gender, Flexibility and Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 83-93 -- 17. Stephanie Barrientos, Catherine Dolan and Anne Tallontire (2003), 'A Gendered Value Chain Approach to Codes of Conduct in African Horticulture', World Development, 31 (9), September, 1511-26 -- 18. Simon Bolwig, Stefano Ponte, Andries du Toit, Lone Riisgaard and Niels Halberg (2010), 'Integrating Poverty and Environmental Concerns into Value-Chain Analysis: A Conceptual Framework', Development Policy Review, 28 (2), March, 173-94 -- 19. Peter Lund-Thomsen and Adam Lindgreen (2014), 'Corporate Social Responsibility in Global Value Chains: Where Are We Now and Where Are We Going?', Journal of Business Ethics, 123 (1), August, 11-22
    Kurzfassung: 20. Jennifer Bair and Florence Palpacuer (2015), 'CSR Beyond the Corporation: Contested Governance in Global Value Chains', Global Networks, 15 (Supplement), S1-S19 -- 21. Stephanie Barrientos, Frederick Mayer, John Pickles and Anne Posthuma (2011), 'Decent Work in Global Production Networks: Framing the Policy Debate', International Labour Review, 150 (3-4), December, 299-317 -- 22. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2002), 'How Does Insertion in Global Value Chains Affect Upgrading in Industrial Clusters?', Regional Studies, 36 (9), 1017-27 -- 23. Hubert Schmitz (2006), 'Learning and Earning in Global Garment and Footwear Chains', European Journal of Development Research, 18 (4), December, 546-71 -- 24. Elisa Giuliani, Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2005), 'Upgrading in Global Value Chains: Lessons from Latin American Clusters', World Development, 33 (4), April, 549-73 -- 25. Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2011), 'Global Value Chains Meet Innovation Systems: Are There Learning Opportunities for Developing Countries?', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1261-69 -- 26. Lizbeth Navas-Alemán (2011), 'The Impact of Operating in Multiple Value Chains for Upgrading: The Case of the Brazilian Furniture and Footwear Industries', World Development, 39 (8), August, 1386-97 -- 27. Jiří Blažek (2016), 'Towards a Typology of Repositioning Strategies of GVC/GPN Suppliers: The Case of Functional Upgrading and Downgrading', Journal of Economic Geography, 16 (4), July, 849-69 -- 28. Seth Pipkin and Alberto Fuentes (2017), 'Spurred to Upgrade: A Review of Triggers and Consequences of Industrial Upgrading in the Global Value Chain Literature', World Development, 98, October, 536-54 -- 29. Catherine Dolan and John Humphrey (2000), 'Governance and Trade in Fresh Vegetables: The Impact of UK Supermarkets on the African Horticulture Industry', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December 147-76 -- 30. Peter Gibbon (2001), 'Upgrading Primary Production: A Global Value Commodity Chain Approach', World Development, 29 (2), February, 345-63 -- 31. Jacques H. Trienekens (2011), 'Agricultural Value Chains in Developing Countries: A Framework for Analysis', International Food and Agribusiness Management Review, 14 (2), 51-82 -- 32. Jennifer Bair and Gary Gereffi (2001), 'Local Clusters in Global Chains: The Causes and Consequences of Export Dynamism in Torreon's Blue Jeans Industry', World Development, 29 (11), November, 1885-903 -- 33. Timothy Sturgeon, Johannes Van Biesebroeck and Gary Gereffi (2008), 'Value Chains, Networks and Clusters: Reframing the Global Automotive Industry', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 297-321 -- 34. Jason Dedrick, Kenneth L. Kraemer and Greg Linden (2010), 'Who Profits from Innovation in Global Value Chains?: A Study of the iPod and Notebook PCs', Industrial and Corporate Change, 19 (1), February, 81-116 -- 35. Timothy J. Sturgeon and Momoko Kawakami (2011), 'Global Value Chains in the Electronics Industry: Characteristics, Crisis and Upgrading Opportunities for Firms from Developing Countries', International Journal of Technological Learning, Innovation and Development, 4 (1-3), 120-47 -- 36. Robert C. Feenstra (1998), 'Integration of Trade and Disintegration of Production in the Global Economy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (4), Fall, 31-50 -- 37. Andrew B. Bernard, J. Bradford Jensen, Stephen Redding and Peter Schott (2007), 'Firms in International Trade', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21 (3), Summer, 105-30 -- 38. Marcel P. Timmer, Abdul Azeez Erumban, Bart Los, Robert Stehrer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2014), 'Slicing up Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 28 (2), Spring, 99-118
    Kurzfassung: 39. Richard E. Baldwin and Simon J. Evenett (2015), 'Value Creation and Trade in 21st Century Manufacturing', Journal of Regional Science: Special Issue, 55 (1), January, 31-50
    Kurzfassung: This insightful research review discusses some of the most influential papers in the economics field of global value chains. Focusing on globalization, fragmentation and coordination of production across geographical as well as enterprise boundaries. It pays particularly close attention to how businesses in developing countries are incorporated into global production and distribution networks. The review analyses many of the texts that framed the global value chain approach together with in-depth case-studies of particular sectors and policy-oriented research concerned with reducing poverty and accelerating growth in poorer countries. This review would be of great interest to students and researchers working in the fields of globalisation, geography and international business
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788974486
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 160 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Hudson, John, 1947 - The robot revolution
    DDC: 338.064
    Schlagwort(e): Roboter ; Automatisierung ; Automatisierte Produktion ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Automation Economic aspects ; Automation Social aspects ; Artificial intelligence Economic aspects ; Artificial intelligence Social aspects ; Robots Social aspects ; Robots Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Roboter ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. Innovation -- 2. The history and development of robots -- 3. Robots now and in the future -- 4. The science of robots -- 5. The impact on employment, unemployment and wages -- 6. The economic, social and political impact -- 7. People's hopes and fears -- 8. Policies to deal with potential problems and to realise the promise -- 9. A changing world of innovation -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: In the coming decades robots and artificial intelligence will fundamentally change our world. In doing so they offer the hope of a golden future, one where the elderly are looked after by companion robots, where the disabled can walk, robot security protects us all, remote rural areas have access to the best urban facilities and there is almost limitless prosperity. But there are dangers. There are fears in the labour market that robots will replace jobs, leaving many unemployed, and increase inequality. In relying too much on robots, people may reduce their human contact and see their cognitive abilities decline. There are even concerns, reflected in many science fiction films, that robots may eventually become competitors with humans for survival. This book looks at both the history of robots, in science and in fiction, as well as the science behind robots. Specific chapters analyse the impact of robots on the labour market, people's attitudes to robots, the impact of robots on society, and the appropriate policies to pursue to prepare our world for the robot revolution. Overall the book strikes a cautionary tone. Robots will change our world dramatically and they will also change human beings. These important issues are examined from the perspective of an economist, but the book is intended to appeal to a wider audience in the social sciences and beyond
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786439116 , 1786439115
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 361
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Sustainability economics
    DDC: 333.7
    Schlagwort(e): Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Environmental economics ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Kenneth E. Boulding (1966), 'The Economics of the Coming Spaceship Earth', in Henry Jarrett (ed.), Environmental Quality In a Growing Economy, Chapter One, Baltimore, MD, USA and London, UK: Johns Hopkins Press, 3-14 -- 2. Herman E. Daly (1974), 'The Economics of the Steady State', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 64 (2), May, 15-21 -- 3. David Pearce (1976), 'The Limits of Cost-Benefit Analysis as a Guide to Environmental Policy', Kyklos, 29 (1), January, 97-111 -- 4. Gro Harlem Brundtland (1985), 'World Commission on Environment and Development - Statements of the Chairman', Environmental Policy and Law, 14 (1), March, 26-30 -- 5. Mick Common and Charles Perrings (1992), 'Towards an Ecological Economics of Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 6 (1), July, 7-34 -- 6. Robert U. Ayres (2008), 'Sustainability Economics: Where Do We Stand?', Ecological Economics, 67 (2), September, 281-310 -- 7. Partha Dasgupta and Geoffrey Heal (1974), 'The Optimal Depletion of Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 3-28 -- 8. R. M. Solow (1974), 'Intergenerational Equity and Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 29-45 -- 9. John M. Hartwick (1977), 'Intergenerational Equity and the Investing of Rents from Exhaustible Resources', American Economic Review, 67 (5), December, 972-74 -- 10. Robert M. Solow (1986), 'On the Intergenerational Allocation of Natural Resources', Scandinavian Journal of Economics: Growth and Distribution: Intergenerational Problems, 88 (1), March, 141-49 -- 11. John Pezzey (1992), 'Sustainability: An Interdisciplinary Guide', Environmental Values, 1 (4), Winter, 321-62 -- 12. Partha Dasgupta and Karl-Göran Mäler (2000), 'Net National Product, Wealth, and Social Well-Being', Environment and Development Economics, 5 (1), February, 69-93 -- 13. Kirk Hamilton and John M. Hartwick (2005), 'Investing Exhaustible Resource Rents and the Path of Consumption', Canadian Journal of Economics, 38 (2), May, 615-21 -- 14. Kirk Hamilton and Cees Withagen (2007), 'Savings Growth and the Path of Utility', Canadian Journal of Economics, 40 (2), May, 703-13 -- 15. Martin L. Weitzman (1976), 'On the Welfare Significance of National Product in a Dynamic Economy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 156-62 -- 16. John M. Hartwick (1990), 'Natural Resources, National Accounting and Economic Depreciation', Journal of Public Economics, 43 (3), December, 291-304 -- 17. David W. Pearce and Giles D. Atkinson (1993), 'Capital Theory and the Measurement of Sustainable Development: An Indicator of "Weak" Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 8 (2), October, 103-8 -- 18. Kirk Hamilton and Michael Clemens (1999), 'Genuine Savings Rates in Developing Countries', World Bank Economic Review, 13 (2), May, 333-56 -- 19. Kenneth J. Arrow, Partha Dasgupta, Lawrence H. Goulder, Kevin J. Mumford and Kirsten Oleson (2012), 'Sustainability and the Measurement of Wealth', Environment and Development Economics, 17 (3), June, 317-53
    Kurzfassung: 20. Elena G. Irwin, Sathya Gopalakrishnan and Alan Randall (2016), 'Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 8, October, 77-98 -- 21. Brian Walker, Leonie Pearson, Michael Harris, Karl-Göran Mäler, Chuan-Zhong Li, Reinette Biggs and Tim Baynes (2010), 'Incorporating Resilience in the Assessment of Inclusive Wealth: An Example from South East Australia', Environmental and Resource Economics, 45 (2), February, 183-202 -- 22. James Boyd and Spencer Banzhaf (2007), 'What Are Ecosystem Services? The Need for Standardized Environmental Accounting Units', Ecological Economics, 63 (2-3), August, 616-26 -- 23. Ian J. Bateman, Georgina M. Mace, Carlo Fezzi, Giles Atkinson and Kerry Turner (2011), 'Economic Analysis for Ecosystem Service Assessments', Environmental and Resource Economics, 48 (2), February, 177-218 -- 24. Brendan Fisher, R. Kerry Turner and Paul Morling (2009), 'Defining and Classifying Ecosystem Services for Decision Making', Ecological Economics, 68 (3), January, 643-53 -- 25. Eli P. Fenichel and Joshua K. Abbott (2014), 'Natural Capital: From Metaphor to Measurement', Journal of the Association of Environmental and Resource Economists, 1 (1-2), Spring-Summer, 1-27 -- 26. Mathis Wackernagel, Larry Onisto, Patricia Bello, Alejandro Callejas Linares, Ina Susana López Falfán, Jesus Méndez García, Ana Isabel Suárez Guerrero and Ma. Guadalupe Suárez Guerrero (1999), 'National Natural Capital Accounting with the Ecological Footprint Concept', Ecological Economics, 29 (3), June, 375-90 -- 27. E. B. Barbier, A. Markandya and D. W. Pearce (1990), 'Environmental Sustainability and Cost-Benefit Analysis', Environment and Planning A, 22 (9), September, 1259-66 -- 28. Giles Atkinson and Susana Mourato (2008), 'Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis', Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 33, November, 317-44 -- 29. Richard T. Carson (2012), 'Contingent Valuation: A Practical Alternative when Prices Aren't Available', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (4), Fall, 27-42 -- 30. Anil Markandya and David W. Pearce (1991), 'Development, the Environment, and the Social Rate of Discount', World Bank Research Observer, 6 (2), July, 137-52 -- 31. Partha Dasgupta (2008), 'Discounting Climate Change', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 37 (2-3), December, 141-69 -- 32. Nicholas Stern (2014), 'Ethics, Equity and the Economics of Climate Change - Paper 2: Economics and Politics', Economics and Philosophy, 30 (3), November, 445-501 -- 33. Robert S. Pindyck (2007), 'Uncertainty in Environmental Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 1 (1), Winter, 45-65 -- 34. Martin L. Weitzman (2009), 'On Modeling and Interpreting the Economics of Catastrophic Climate Change', Review of Economics and Statistics, XCI (1), February, 1-19 -- 35. Geoffrey Heal and Antony Millner (2014), 'Reflections: Uncertainty and Decision Making in Climate Change Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 8 (1), Winter, 120-37 -- 36. John Luke Gallup, Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew D. Mellinger (1999), 'Geography and Economic Development', International Regional Science Review, 22 (2), August, 179-223, 225-232 -- 37. Melissa Dell, Benjamin F. Jones and Benjamin A. Olken (2012), 'Temperature Shocks and Economic Growth: Evidence from the Last Half Century', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 4 (3), July, 66-95 -- 38. Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew M. Warner (2001), 'The Curse of Natural Resources', European Economic Review, 45 (4-6), May, 827-38
    Kurzfassung: 39. Christa N. Brunnschweiler and Erwin H. Bulte (2008), 'The Resource Curse Revisited and Revised: A Tale of Paradoxes and Red Herrings', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 55 (3), May, 248-64 -- 40. David I. Stern (2004), 'The Rise and Fall of the Environmental Kuznets Curve', World Development, 32 (8), August, 1419-39 -- 41. Joan Martínez-Alier, Unai Pascual, Franck-Dominique Vivien and Edwin Zaccai (2010), 'Sustainable De-Growth: Mapping the Context, Criticisms and Future Prospects of an Emergent Paradigm', Ecological Economics, 69 (9), July, 1741-47 -- 42. Alex Bowen and Samuel Fankhauser (2011), 'The Green Growth Narrative: Paradigm Shift or Just Spin?', Global Environmental Change, 21 (4), October, 1157-59 -- 43. Michael E. Porter and Claas van der Linde (1995), 'Toward a New Conception of the Environment-Competitiveness Relationship', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 9 (4), Fall, 97-118
    Kurzfassung: The unprecedented advances in economic development witnessed over the past decades cannot continue if economic progress comes at the expense of the natural environment. The Sustainable Development Goals, agreed globally in 2015, define a vision of human development where economic, social and environmental domains interact to shape the prospects for future prosperity. This timely literature review highlights the contribution of economics to the study of sustainable development. It discusses some of the most influential articles on the topic by economists over the past fifty years. Environmental sustainability, an inherently interdisciplinary topic, is analysed from the perspectives of applied microeconomics, environmental and resource economics, ecological economics, development economics and public economics. Written by two subject experts, this research review is indispensable for anyone interested or working in the field
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781789903850
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 250 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Geofinance between political and financial geographies
    DDC: 332.042
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Finanzmarkt ; Finanzsystem ; Geopolitik ; Geoökonomie ; Öffentliche Finanzen ; Globalisierung ; Räumliche Interaktion ; Welt ; International finance ; Economic geography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzwirtschaft ; Globalisierung ; Geopolitik ; Finanzpolitik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword by Dariusz Wójcik -- Introduction. Theorizing semi-peripheral geographies of finance and banking / Christian Sellar, Silvia Grandi and Juvaria Jafri -- 1. Geofinance/banking between political and financial geographies / Christian Sellar, Silvia Grandi and Juvaria Jafri -- Part I: Spatial structures of finance and banking -- 2. The geography of international financial institutions: what can this tell us? / Silvia Grandi -- 3. Shadow banking: a geographical interpretation / Gianfranco Battisti -- 4. Spatial development and offshore financial chains / Umberto Rosati -- 5. Financial system and urban networks: an empirical analysis of Brazilian territory / Fabio Betioli Contel -- Part II: The state-bank-firm nexus in the finance semi-peripheries -- 6. Italian banks and business services as knowledge pipelines for SMEs: examples from central and eastern Europe / Christian Sellar -- 7. Spatial aspects of the Russian banking system: transformation and access to credit for small Russian firms / Svetlana Ageeva and Anna Mishura -- 8. Bulgaria's banking system: outside and inside the financial geography of Europe / Elena Stavrova -- 9. Banking reform in Vietnam: persistence of the state? / Guanie Lim and Thong Tien Nguyen -- Part III: Micro-level action and reaction of people and firms -- 10. Cross-currency swaps and local credit money creation in the Turkish banking system / Engin Yılmaz -- 11. Geographical aspects of recent banking crises in Italy / Marco Percoco -- 12. Shadow financial citizenship and the contradictions of financial inclusion in Pakistan / Juvaria Jafri -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This timely book offers important new insights into the boundaries between political and financial geographies, focusing on the links between the changing strategies, policies and institutions of the state. It investigates banks and other financial institutions affected by both state policies and a globalizing financial system, and the financial resources available to firms as well as households. In so doing, the book highlights how an empirical focus on the semi-periphery of the financial system may generate new perspectives on the entanglement between geopolitics and finance. Chapters explore a range of place-specific relations, highlighting the impact of state-led reforms, the importance of models, innovation and adaptation to local conditions, and bank intermediation. Conceptually, the book engages with insights from a variety of disciplines in order to explore the connections between geo-political and geo-economic discourses, public finance and foreign policy, the practices and localization of financial institutions, and the evolution of strategies for globalizing firms. Political and financial geographers will find this book to be a compelling read, as it sheds new light on the semi-periphery, which is often overlooked in studies addressing the global financial system. Economic policy-makers working on the nexus between politics, finance and development will also benefit from reading this book"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786433503
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 280 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: 3. Auflage
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Islamisches Finanzsystem ; Theorie ; Finance ; Finance ; Islamic countries ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- 1. Why Islamic finance? -- 2. Islamic law -- 3. The Islamic economy -- 4. Forms of Islamic finance -- 5. Islamic banks -- 6. Special sectors -- 7. Public finance, monetary policy and banking supervision -- 8. A tentative verdict and a question mark -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This timely book investigates the ideas and concepts that drive and shape Islamic finance. Hans Visser covers recent developments and explores tensions between belief systems and market demands, to consider the future of Islamic finance in the modern marketplace. In this updated third edition, Visser reviews the numerous products, institutions and markets offered by Islamic finance, situating them in the competitive contemporary environment. This incisive book questions the conceptual differences that have been established between Islamic finance and conventional finance, drawing attention instead to how the former imitates the latter. Offering a critical assessment of the claims of the ethical superiority of Islamic finance frequently made by its advocates, Visser further discusses the ways in which fiscal and monetary policy can be adapted to Islamic financial institutions. Concise, yet comprehensive in scope, this book offers new directions for economics and finance students interested in alternatives to conventional finance, as well as students of Islamic finance and Islam studies more broadly. International bankers, financial journalists and politicians will find Visser's succinct exploration of Islamic finance and financial institutions invaluable"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784717193
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 454 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Froyen, Richard T Optimal Monetary Policy under Uncertainty, Second Edition
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Froyen, Richard T. Optimal monetary policy under uncertainty
    DDC: 332.46015196
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Geldpolitik ; Risiko ; Mathematische Optimierung ; Theorie ; Monetary policy Mathematical models ; Uncertainty ; Mathematical optimization ; Mathematical optimization ; Monetary policy ; Mathematical models ; Uncertainty ; Electronic books ; Geldpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Unsicherheit
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- Part I: Imperfect information, responses to shocks, and credibility issues -- 1. Introduction, Part 1 -- 2. A basic model and some early results -- 3. The strategy of monetary policy: Targets, instruments and information variables -- 4. A variable price level, supply shocks and rational expectations -- 5. Optimal monetary and exchange rate policy in the open economy -- 6. Monetary policy credibility -- Part II: Optimal monetary policy: A new Keynesian perspective -- 7. Introduction, Part 2 -- 8. The Phillips curve: An evolving concept -- 9. The forward-looking model: The closed economy -- 10. The forward-looking model: Additional topics -- 11. The forward-looking model: The open economy -- 12. The new Keynesian model: The backward-looking case -- Part III: Research in monetary policy since the global financial crisis -- 13. Introduction, Part 3 -- 14. Money and finance in Keynesian models -- 15. Rethinking stabilization policy -- 16. Financial markets since the crisis: A smorgasbord of issues -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Casting a wide net in this, their second edition, Froyen and Guender provide coverage of the model-based literature on optimal monetary policy in the presence of uncertainty, with both open- and closed-economy frameworks considered. The authors have grounded New Keynesian research of the 1990s and 2000s in the literature of the 1970s, which viewed optimal policy as primarily a question of the optimal use of information, and studies in the 1980s that gave primacy to time inconsistency problems. The Global Financial Crisis of 2007-09 led to the recognition that financial markets and institutions required greater attention in policy modelling. Herein, the authors provide a thorough survey of the post-crisis literature that resulted from this recognition. Researchers in academia and at central banks, students and policy makers will value the wide scope of coverage provided in this examination, leading them to a better understanding of issues such as discretion versus commitment, target versus instrument rules, policy in closed versus open economies and the proper mandate for central banks, including the relationship between interest rate policy and macro-prudential instruments"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119887
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 178 Seiten)
    Serie: New directions in modern economics
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Progressive post-Keynesian economics
    DDC: 330.15/6
    Schlagwort(e): Postkeynesianismus ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Keynesian economics ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Neokeynesianismus
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Opportunities and challenges for Post-Keynesian economics? / Sheila Dow -- 2. Challenges for Post-Keynesian macroeconomics: A behavioural and structuralist perspective / Peter Skott -- 3. The microfoundation and autonomous agents: G.L.S. Shackle as a front-runner to progressive Post-Keynesian economics / Greg Hill -- 4. Ergodicity/non-ergodicity or else? / Finn Olesen -- 5. Schumpeter and Keynes after the financial crisis: Progressive Post-Keynesian opportunities? / Stefan Voss -- 6. Financialisation and the dysfunctional nature of the financial system / Malcolm Sawyer -- 7. Recognition of early financialisation in the writings of John Maynard Keynes / Diego Guevara, Apostolos Fasianos and Christos Pierros -- 8. Central bank independency and the idea of money neutrality: Re-considering the theoretical link / Ulas Sener -- 9. A Post-Keynesian model of the balance of payments crisis / Hamid Raza, Mikael Randrup Byrialsen, Bjorn Runar Gudmundsson and Gylfi Zoega -- 10. Stagnation policy in the eurozone and Post-Keynesian economic policy alternatives / Eckhard Hein -- 11. Problem-based learning and mainstream economics: Post-Keynesian economics to the rescue? / Jan Holm Ingemann and Poul Thøis Madsen -- 12. Teaching macroeconomics: How to benefit from problem-based learning / Mogens Ove Madsen and Finn Olesen -- 13. Do not blindly trust economists / Mogens Lykketoft -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This timely book is devoted to the advance of post-Keynesian economics, covering the last ten years of persistent and nuanced disparities in many dimensions of macroeconomic 'reality'. Taking a pluralistic approach to modern Keynesian economics, the book presents innovative contributions to methodology, analyses of financialization and macroeconomic modeling. It explores how to model a complex macro-system at a time when economic uncertainty is dominant. Rich case studies examine increasing macroeconomic imbalances, paving the way for a better understanding of the political challenges of the future. With chapters dedicated to teaching macroeconomics, the book adopts a practical stance, exploring the notion of moving away from mathematical modeling towards problem-based learning. Provocative and comprehensive, this book is crucial reading for all macroeconomists, from academic researchers to ministerial officials, seeking guidance on dealing with macroeconomic 'reality'. Postgraduate students of heterodox economics and political economy will also benefit from the innovative contributions of top post-Keynesian scholars, offering an alternative understanding of contemporary macroeconomic theory"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978521
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 229 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Moosa, Imad A., 1952 - The economics of war
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Kriegswirtschaft ; Militärökonomik ; Rüstungsindustrie ; Militärpolitik ; Rüstungspolitik ; Welt ; War Economic aspects ; Profiteering ; Militarism ; Imperialism ; Electronic books ; Krieg ; Wirtschaftssystem
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. War is a racket: in memory of Smedley Butler -- 2. The causes of war -- 3. War versus peace: the outcome of a binary process -- 4. Imperialism as an enterprise -- 5. Wars of aggression and false flags -- 6. War profiteering, the military-industrial complex and the deep state -- 7. A taxonomy of war profiteers -- 8. Banks as war profiteers -- 9. Further thoughts -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "Bad things occur and persist because of the presence of powerful beneficiaries. In this provocative and illuminating book, Imad Moosa illustrates the economic motivations behind the last 100 years of international conflict, citing the numerous powerful individual and corporate war profiteers that benefit from war. Inspired and informed by War is a Racket, the 1935 work of General Smedley Butler, the author explores historic and contemporary incidents of war profiteering, identifying individuals and groups that have increased their wealth through the supply of weaponry, mercenaries, provisions and finance in times of war. This book offers a caustic indictment of the military-industrial complex, exploring the privatisation of conflict that has fuelled war across the globe. Providing a contemporary, in-depth analysis of the economics of war, this book is critical for academics and students of war studies, international relations and military and political history. Policy makers will also benefit from this book's comprehensive analysis of wartime policy and practice"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788977845
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 193 Seiten)
    Serie: New horizons in the economics of sport
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Session on "The Economic History of the Sports Sector" (2018 : Boston, Mass) Historical perspectives on sports economics
    DDC: 338.47796
    Schlagwort(e): Sportökonomik ; Profisport ; Sportbranche ; Sportveranstaltung ; Sportstätte ; Sportler ; Sportorganisation ; Geschichte ; Wirtschaftsgeschichte ; Sports Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift 2018 ; Sportökonomie ; Geschichte
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. Understanding economics through the history of sport / John Wilson -- 2. From recreational sports clubs to sports businesses: Bradford and Queen's Park football clubs 1860s-1914 / John Dewhirst and Wray Vamplew -- 3. Home ground advantage: The determinants of sharing versus sole occupied stadium arrangements / Richard Pomfret and John K. Wilson -- 4. Stadium construction and the distribution of winning percentages in the English and Scottish football leagues, 1888-89 to 1938-39 / Lionel Frost, Luc Borrowman, Vinod Mishra and Abdel K. Halabi -- 5. The rise and fall (and rise and fall) of the Olympic Games as an economic driver / Victor Matheson -- 6. The winter sports industry and Winter Olympics in historical perspective: From Grenoble 1968 to Albertville 1992 / Wladimir Andreff -- 7. Incomplete contracting, league governance, and the role of the commissioner in Japanese and North American professional baseball / Akihiko Kawaura and Sumner La Croix -- 8. Baseball and life expectancy: Evidence from linked historical data / Joseph Price, Sebastian Brown, and Jacob Van Leeuwen -- 9. The height and weight of Canadian major league hockey players, 1909-2010 / J. Andrew Ross, John Cranfield, and Kris Inwood -- 10. Beating the odds: Black jockeys in the Kentucky Derby, 1870-1911 / Michael Leeds and Hugh Rockoff -- 11. Betting on sport: History, regulation, measurement / Pierre-Charles Pradier -- 12. Club survival in the English Premier League: What does it take to survive in the top flight? / Jeffrey Chang, Luc Borrowman and Lionel Frost -- 13. Epilogue - Looking forward -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "The sports sector, apart from being of economic significance in itself, is clearly one that many citizens share a great interest in. It is not mere results, but aspects such as history, statistics, interest in labour markets and finances that often spark people's interest. The characteristics of the sports sector and the data it provides allows economists to cast light on a large number of economic issues facing society. Historical Perspectives on Sports Economics explores a variety of topics, including mega-event analysis, sports governance, anthropometrics, gambling, industrial organisation, infrastructure development and racial issues. The analysis is sufficiently non-technical and will appeal not only to academic economists and students, but to historians and sports enthusiasts as well"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788979665
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 287 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Williamson, Dean Victor The economics of adaptation and long-term relationships
    Schlagwort(e): Institutionenökonomik ; Industrieökonomik ; Wirtschaftliche Anpassung ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie ; Industrial organization (Economic theory) ; Organizational behavior ; Economics Philosophy ; Interpersonal relations ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. The provenance of an economics of adaptation in long-term relationships -- 2. The single entity question in antitrust: ownership, control and delegation in organizations -- 3. Platform competition, the Apple ebooks case and the meaning of agreement to fix prices -- 4. Adaptation in long-term exchange relations: evidence of the complementarity and ancillarity of dimensions of electricity marketing contracts -- 5. The financial structure of commercial revolution: financing long-distance trade in Venice 1190-1220 and Venetian Crete 1278-1400 -- 6. Knowledge spillovers and industrial policy: evidence from the Advanced Technology Program and the Department of Defense -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Do institutions matter in economic theory? Or is the economic analysis of institutions a distraction from the most important action? Indeed, does Vernon Smith's notion of the "institution-free core" of formal economic theory encompass that most important action? Would that render an "economics of organization" almost devoid of economic content? The author takes up an approach that is more agnostic, inter-disciplinary and even a little irreverent. What can theory do and not do? Theory can stimulate questions about how parties manage competing demands for commitment and flexibility in their relationships but what blind spots persist? The book opens with an informal tour of the economics of system design out of which an economics of adaptation ultimately emerged. It then offers explorations, via the application of the economics of adaptation in both law and economics' relating to how parties manage relationships within the firm, within the context of long-term contracts and, most vividly, within the context of antitrust conspiracy. Advanced undergraduates, graduate students and teaching faculty in economics, public policy, management and law will find the book relevant, as it maps out connections between literatures that are not often made explicit. For historians of economic thought the book lays out a much richer understanding of what the economics of organization is (and is not), and situates it next to design economics
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9781788118958
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 343 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Infrastructure (Economics) ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Who owns, runs and pays for city infrastructure? -- 2. Financialising city infrastructure and governance -- 3. Towards city statecraft -- 4. City infrastructure provision and geographical inequalities in the UK's centralised state -- 5. Deal or no deal? Austerity, decentralisation and the city deals -- 6. Sell, hold or buy? Privatising, managing, owning, and acquiring city infrastructure assets -- 7. Fixing urban infrastructure in the London global city-region, undermining the rest of the UK? -- 8. Conclusions -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Infrastructure systems provide the services we all rely upon for our day-to-day lives. Through new conceptual work and fresh empirical analysis, this book investigates how financialisation engages with city governance and infrastructure provision, identifying its wider and longer-term implications for urban and regional development, politics and policy. Proposing a more people-oriented approach to answering the question of 'What kind of urban infrastructure, and for whom?', this book addresses the struggles of national and local governments to fund, finance and govern urban infrastructure. It develops new insights to explain the socially and spatially uneven mixing of managerial, entrepreneurial and financialised city governance in austerity and limited decentralisation across England. As urban infrastructure fixes for the London global city-region risk undermining national 'rebalancing' efforts in the UK, city statecraft in the rest of the country is having uneasily to combine speculation, risk-taking and prospective venturing with co-ordination, planning and regulation. This book will be of interest to researchers and scholars in the fields of business and management, economics, geography, planning, and political science. Its conclusions will be valuable to policymakers and practitioners in both the public and private sectors seeking insights into the intersections of financialisation, decentralisation and austerity in the UK, Europe and globally
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9781788114226 , 1788114221
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 178 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for financial inclusion and microfinance
    DDC: 332.08694
    Schlagwort(e): Finanzielle Inklusion ; Mikrofinanzierung ; Soziale Integration ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Finanzdienstleistung ; Finanztechnologie ; Microfinance ; Finance Law and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Framing research on microfinance and financial inclusion -- 1. The challenges of social investment through the microfinance lens / Jonathan Morduch and Timothy Ogden -- 2. Microfinance and management theory / Brian Hathaway and Tyler Wry -- 3. Breaking away from ready-made remedies and normative approaches to financial practices / Isabelle Guérin, Solène Morvant and Jean-Michel Servet -- 4. What do we really know about microfinance impact? / Maren Duvendack -- Part II: Social, environmental, and financial performance -- 5. Social performance measurement in microfinance / Bert D'espallier and Jann Goedecke -- 6. Microfinance and financial inclusion in the transformation to environmental sustainability / Johan Bastiaensen, Frédéric Huybrechs and Gert Van Hecken -- 7. Efficiency and productivity analysis of microfinance institutions / Valentina Hartarska and Denis Nadolnyak -- Part III: Targets for financial inclusion -- 8. Islamic microfinance / Laurent Weill -- 9. Microfinance plus: a review and avenues for research / Adriana Garcia and Robert Lensink -- 10. Microfinance in the North: where do we stand? / Anastasia Cozarenco and Ariane Szafarz -- Part IV: Institutional and technological design -- 11. Internationalization of the microfinance industry / Roy Mersland, Stephen Zamore, Kwame Ohene Djan and Tigist Woldetsadik Sommeno -- 12. Microfinance and governance / Niels Hermes -- 13. Fintech and financial inclusion / Baptiste Venet -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. How can financial services, such as credit, deposit accounts, financial transfers, and insurance be provided to people in need? This challenging and complex issue has been a topic of interest for the international aid community for decades. Drawing on renowned experts in microfinance and financial inclusion, this Research Agenda sheds much-needed light on this multifaceted challenge and points the way ahead for future research. Providing a critical and multidisciplinary approach to research in microfinance and financial inclusion, the authors provide a state-of-the-art overview of current scholarly knowledge on the provision of financial services to disadvantaged populations worldwide. Reviewing the literature on the subject from the fields of economics, management science and development studies, they discuss the limitations and challenges of current research and chart avenues for future developments. With its fascinating insights, this Research Agenda will be of interest to students of finance and economics, development, and business and management, as well as researchers with a specific interest in microfinance and financial inclusion
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9781786437396
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 360
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of structural change
    DDC: 338.9
    Schlagwort(e): Strukturwandel ; Theorie des Strukturwandels ; Economic development ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strukturwandel ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Mathematische Modellierung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Piyabha Kongsamut, Sergio Rebelo and Danyang Xie (2001), 'Beyond Balanced Growth', Review of Economic Studies, 68 (4), October, 869-82 -- 2. Reto Foellmi and Josef Zweimüller (2008), 'Structural Change, Engle's Consumption Cycles and Kaldor's Facts of Economic Growth', Journal of Monetary Economics, 55 (7), December, 1317-28 -- 3. Timo Boppart (2014), 'Structural Change and the Kaldor Facts in a Growth Model with Relative Price Effects and Non-Gorman Preferences', Econometrica, 82 (6), November, 2167-96 -- 4. L. Rachel Ngai and Christopher A. Pissarides (2007),'Structural Change in a Multisector Model of Growth', American Economic Review, 97 (1), March, 429-43 -- 5. Daron Acemoglu and Veronica Guerrieri (2008),'Capital Deepening and Nonbalanced Economic Growth', Journal of Political Economy, 116 (3), June, 467-98 -- 6. Kiminori Matsuyama (2009),'Structural Change in an Interdependent World: A Global View of Manufacturing Decline', Journal of European Economic Association, 7 (2-3), May, 478-86 -- 7. Berthold Herrendorf, Richard Rogerson and Akos Valentinyi (2013), 'Two Perspectives on Preferences and Structural Transformation', American Economic Review, 103 (7), December, 2752-89 -- 8. Berthold Herrendorf, Christopher Herrington and Ákos Valentinyi (2015),'Sectoral Technology and Structural Transformation', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 7 (4), October, 104-33 -- 9. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2009),'Can Traditional Theories of Structural Change Fit the Data?', Journal of The European Economic Association, 7 (2-3), April, 469-77 -- 10. Benjamin N. Dennis and Talan B. Işcan (2009), 'Engel Versus Baumol: Accounting for Structural Change using Two Centuries of U.S. Data', Explorations in Economics History, 46 (2), April, 186-202 -- 11. Francisco Alvarez-Cuadrado and Markus Poschke (2011), 'Structural Change out of Agriculture: Labor Push Versus Labor Pull', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 3 (3), July, 127-58 -- 12. Robert Dekle and Guillaume Vandenbroucke (2012), 'A Quantitative Analysis of China's Structural Transformation', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 36 (1), January, 119-35 -- 13. Dale W. Jorgenson and Marcel P. Timmer (2011), 'Structural Change in Advanced Nations: A New Set of Stylised Facts', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 113 (1), March, 1-29 -- 14. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2012), 'Scale and the Origins of Structural Change', Journal of Economic Theory, 147 (2), March, 684-712 -- 15. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2012), 'The Rise of the Service Economy', American Economic Review, 102 (6), October, 2540-69 -- 16. Timothy Uy, Kei-Mu Yi and Jing Zhang (2013), 'Structural Change in an Open Economy', Journal of Monetary Economics, 60 (6), September, 667-82 -- 17. Caroline Betts, Rahul Giri and Rubina Verma (2017), 'Trade, Reform, and Structural Transformation in South Korea', IMF Economic Review, 65 (4), November, 745-91 -- 18. Marc Teignier (2018), 'The Role of Trade in Structural Transformation', Journal of Developmental Economics, 130, January, 45-65 -- 19. Tomasz Święcki (2017), 'Determinants of Structural Change', Review of Economic Dynamics, 24, March, 95-131
    Kurzfassung: 20. Timothy J. Kehoe, Kim J. Ruhl and Joseph B. Steinberg (2018), 'Global Imbalances and Structural Change in the United States', Journal of Political Economy, 126 (2), April, 761-96 -- 21. Diego Restuccia, Dennis Tao Yang and Xiadong Zhu (2008), 'Agriculture and Aggregate Productivity: A Quantitative Cross-Country Analysis', Journal of Monetary Economics, 55 (2), March, 234-50 -- 22. David Lagakos and Michael E. Waugh (2013), 'Selection, Agriculture, and Cross-Country Productivity Differences', American Economic Review, 103 (2), April, 948-80 -- 23. Douglas Gollin, Stephen L. Parente, and Richard Rogerson (2007), 'The Food Problem and the Evolution of International Income Levels', Journal of Monetary Economics, 54 (4), May, 1230-55 -- 24. Margarida Duarte and Diego Restuccia (2010), 'The Role of the Structural Transformation in Aggregate Productivity', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (1), February, 129-73 -- 25. Cristina Echevarria (1997), 'Changes in Sectoral Composition Associated with Economic Growth, International Economic Review, 38 (2), May, 431-52 -- 26. John Laitner (2000),'Structural Change and Economic Growth', Review of Economic Studies, 67 (3), May, 545-61 -- 27. Yongsung Chang and Andreas Hornstein (2015) 'Transition Dynamics in the Neoclassical Growth Model: The Case of South Korea', BE Journal of Macroeconomics, 15 (2), July, 649-76 -- 28. Tasso Adamopoulos (2011), 'Transportation Cost, Agricultural Productivity, and Cross-country Income Differences', International Economic Review, 52 (2), May, 489-521 -- 29. Berthold Herrendorf, James A. Schmitz and Arilton Teixeira (2012), 'The Role of Transportation in the U.S. Economic Development: 1840-1860', International Economic Review, 53 (3), August, 693-715 -- 30. Francesco Caselli and Wilbur John Coleman II (2001), 'The U.S. Structural Transformation and Regional Convergence: A Reinterpretation', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (3), June, 584-616 -- 31. Guy Michaels, Ferdinand Rauch and Stephen J. Redding (2012), 'Urbanization and Structural Transformation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (2), May, 535-86 -- 32. Klaus Desmet and Esteban Rossi-Hansberg (2014), 'Spatial Development', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1211-43
    Kurzfassung: This informative research review discusses the most prominent papers within the economics of structural change and growth. This piece focuses on research that investigates the causes and consequences of structural change with either theoretical or calibrated models, mindfully referring to some of the most celebrated literature over the last two decades. The research review analyses literature covering the impact structural change has on an array of economic factors including convergence, per capita income and spatial development. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editors, this collection would be well suited to scholars and macro-development economists wishing to extend their knowledge of this compelling topic
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786431530
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 281 Seiten)
    Suppl.: Kommentar in De Vroey, Michel, 1942 - Should the history of macroeconomics steer cear of the fray or be partisan? Louvain-la-Neuve : Institut de recherche économiques et sociales, UC Louvain, 2020
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Ingrao, Bruna, 1947 - Banks and finance in modern macroeconomics
    Schlagwort(e): Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Finanzsystem ; Finanzsektor ; Makroökonomik ; Geldtheorie ; Macroeconomics Econometric models ; Banks and banking ; Finance ; Electronic books ; Makroökonomie ; Kreditmarkt ; Bankgeschäft ; Ideengeschichte
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I From the 1920s to the early postwar period 1. Introduction -- 2. Banks and the quantity theory: Wicksell and Fisher -- 3. Money and banking in the process of change: Schumpeter and Robertson -- 4. Banks, debt and deflation in the Great Depression -- 5. Keynes on banks in a treatise, the general theory and after -- 6. Further discussions and criticisms of Keynes's general theory -- Part II From the neoclassical synthesis to new Keynesian economics -- 7. Finance in macroeconomics in the post-war years: the neoclassical synthesis -- 8. The Monetarist counter-revolution: from the 'resuscitation' to the disappearance of money -- 9. Credit and finance in today mainstream -- 10. Conclusions -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: In this significant new book, Bruna Ingrao and Claudio Sardoni emphasize the crucial importance of considering credit/debt relations and financial markets for a comprehensive understanding of the world in which we live. The book offers both a thorough historical and theoretical reconstruction of how 20th century macroeconomics got (or did not get) to grips with the interactions between banks and financial markets, and the 'real' economy. The book is split into two distinct and thematic parts to expose the different attitudes to banks and finance before and after the Great Depression of the 1930s. Part I explores the period from the turn of the 20th century to the late 1930s, when many important economists devoted great attention to banks and credit relations in their explanations of the working of market economies. Part II discusses the post-war period up until the modern day, when banks and financial markets ceased to be a major concern of mainstream macroeconomics. The 2007-8 crisis gave rise to a renewed interest in credit relations, but many problems inherited from the past still remain open. The authors stress, in particular, the implications of the uneasy, if not impossible, coexistence of the endeavour to set macroeconomics within the framework of general equilibrium theory with the attempt to develop the analysis of the monetary and financial features of actual economies. Macroeconomists will greatly benefit from this timely book as it examines the historical evolution of the discipline, pointing out the major factors that have largely prevented the development of satisfactory analyses of the interrelations of credit, finance and the macroeconomy. Those involved in current economic policy debates will also benefit from the lessons offered in this book
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781785366048
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 310 Seiten)
    Serie: New horizons in regional science
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Chen, Zhenhua High speed rail and China's new economic geography
    Schlagwort(e): Hochgeschwindigkeitsverkehr ; Neue ökonomische Geographie ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; China ; High speed trains ; Economic geography ; Electronic books ; China ; Hochgeschwindigkeitszug ; Auswirkung ; Regionalwirtschaft
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Foreword -- Preface -- 1. Introduction -- Part I Land use and real estate impacts -- 2. Spatial impacts of high speed rail on land value change -- 3. Spatial-temporal impacts on urban growth: the case of the Beijing-Shanghai line -- 4. Housing impact of long-distance high speed rail -- 5. Intercity passenger rail impact on housing -- Part II Tourism and aviation impacts -- 6. High speed rail impact on tourism -- 7. Impacts of high speed rail on domestic air transportation -- Part III Economic and environmental impacts -- 8. High speed rail and regional economic disparity -- 9. Economic and environmental impacts of high speed rail: a national perspective -- 10. Economic impacts of high speed rail: a regional perspective -- 11. Conclusion -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: High Speed Rail and China's New Economic Geography presents an analytical approach to assessing the socioeconomic impact of high speed rail in China, with an emphasis on capturing the spatial spillover effects of rail infrastructure development on China's economic geography in terms of land use, housing market, tourism, regional disparity, modal competition, the economy and environment. The assessment involves a multilevel spatial analysis approach at both the national and the regional level. The methods include partial equilibrium analysis characterized by a spatial econometric modeling and the state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium modeling. It provides a basis for policy decision-making and operational considerations. Academic scholars and students who are specialized in regional economics, urban planning, public policy, and transportation will find this book useful. Practitioners and policy-makers will also find this book valuable as the empirical findings provide implications for future transportation planning and development
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Vienna : United Nations Industrial Development Organization | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788977890
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 841 Seiten)
    Serie: International yearbook of industrial statistics series
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als International yearbook of industrial statistics ; 25th issue (2019)
    Schlagwort(e): Industrial statistics ; Commercial products Statistics ; Manufacturing industries ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction Part I: Summary tables -- Section 1.1 The manufacturing sector -- Section 1.2 The manufacturing divisions -- Part II: Country tables.
    Kurzfassung: A unique and comprehensive source of information, this book is the only international publication providing economists, planners, policymakers and business people with worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. The Yearbook is designed to facilitate international comparisons relating to manufacturing activity and industrial development and performance. It provides data which can be used to analyse patterns of growth and related long term trends, structural change and industrial performance in individual industries. Statistics on employment patterns, wages, consumption and gross output and other key indicators are also presented
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786439314
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 166 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for tourism geographies
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Tourismus ; Tourismuswirtschaft ; Tourismusforschung ; Tourism ; Geography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Fremdenverkehrsgeografie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Research agendas for tourism geographies: an introduction / Dieter K. Müller -- 2. Tourism geographies: a bibliometric review / Dieter K. Müller -- 3. Tourism/geography/mobilities are dead, long live tourism/geography/mobilities: or, returning to yet another turn - the inexorable search for relevant research agendas in tourism geographies / C. Michael Hall -- 4. Not a serious subject?!: academic relevancy and critical tourism geographies / Jarkko Saarinen -- 5. For a scientific and critical approach to tourism in geography / Rita de Cássia Ariza da Cruz -- 6. The contribution of tourism geography to the field of geography overall / Honggang Xu and Yuefang Wu -- 7. Infusing tourism geographies / Dieter K. Müller -- 8. Towards a geographical political economy of tourism / Patrick Brouder -- 9. Geographies of tourism entrepreneurship and innovation: an evolving research agenda / Keith Debbage -- 10. Exploring the geographic dimensions of tourism work and workers / Dimitri Ioannides and Kristina Zampoukos -- 11. Towards a framework for lifestyle migration / Zainub Ibrahim and Rémy Tremblay -- 12. The challenges of tourism and urban economic (re)development in Southern cities / Gustav Visser -- 13. Tourism geography in and of the anthropocene / Martin G. Gren and Edward H. Huijbens -- 14. Tourism spatial dynamics and causal relations: a need for holistic understanding / Rannveig Ólafsdóttir and Hörður V. Haraldsson -- 15. Tourism and climate change / Robert Steiger -- 16. Engage!: a research agenda for Big Data in tourism geography / Michael Bauder -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Over recent years, tourism geographies have developed into a vibrant field of research, facing increasing challenges from globalisation and environmental change. This Research Agenda presents a unique and original collection of contributions from both established and up-and-coming scholars in thea field. Encompassing both contemporary issues, and paving the way for future avenues of research, this book explores and develops research on tourism geographies. Chapters address emerging themes and apply new methodologies, allowing for intellectual and practical challenges to be tackled. With fresh global insights, this book expands on the geographic dimension of tourism work and workers, the challenges brought by changing economic atmospheres, spatial dynamics, big data and climate change to provide a thorough understanding of the field. Ideal for graduate and post-graduate students of geography and tourism studies looking to develop thesis ideas, this Research Agenda highlights the interest and potential of tourism geographers to contribute to a geographical tradition and influence the future content of geography as a discipline
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9781788973656
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 326 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Financial regulation and stability
    Schlagwort(e): Finanzmarktregulierung ; Wirtschaftspolitisches Ziel ; Preisstabilität ; Finanzkrise ; Theorie ; Welt ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Kapitalmarkt ; Regulierung ; Finanzkrise ; Finanzwirtschaft
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Introduction By Charles A. E. Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos -- 2. "Principles for Macroprudential Regulation", (A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), Banque de France Financial Stability Review, No.18, pp. 173-182, April -- 3. "The Macroprudential Toolkit", (R. Berner, A. Kashyap and C.A.E. Goodhart), I.M.F. Economic Review, Vol. 59, No 2, 2011 -- 4. "Financial Regulation in General Equilibrium", (C.A.E. Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), NBER WP17909, University of Oxford, Said Business School, 2011 -- 5. "An Integrated Framework for Multiple Financial Regulations", (C.A.E.Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Supplement 1, pp.109-143, 2013 -- 6. "The Lender of Last Resort in a General Equilibrium Framework", (Akshay Kotak, Han Ozsoylev and D.P.Tsomocos) Saïd Business School WP 2017-18 -- 7. "A Reconsideration of Minsky's Financial Instability Hypothesis", (with S. Bhattacharya, C.A.E. Goodhart and A.P.Vardoulakis), Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, Volume 47, Issue 5, pages 931{973, August 2015 -- 8. "Liquidity and default in an exchange economy", (Juan Francisco Martinez S. and -- D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, In press, 2016 -- 9. "Monetary Transaction Costs and the Term Premium", (R. Espinoza and D. P. Tsomocos), Economic Theory 59(2), pp 355-375, June 2015 -- 10. "Debt Defation Effects of Monetary Policy", (Li Lin, D.P. Tsomocos and Alexandros Vardoulakis), Journal of Financial Stability 21 (2015): 81-94, also appeared as Federal Reserve Board Staff Working Paper (2014-37), May, 2014 -- 11. "International Monetary Equilibrium with Default", (M.U. Peiris and D. P. Tsomocos), Journal of Mathematical Economics 56, pp 47-57, 2015 -- 12. "Global Capital Imbalances and Taxing Capital Flows", (C.A.E. Goodhart, M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Number 2, pp.13-45, 2013 -- 13. "International Monetary Regimes", (C.A.E. Goodhart and D.P. Tsomocos), Capitalism and Society, Vol. 9, No. 2, Article 2, 2014 -- 14. "Debt, Recovery Rates and the Greek Dilemma", (C.A.E. Goodhart and M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, forthcoming -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Charles Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos examine the interaction of monetary and regulatory policy to achieve the important goals of price and financial stability. Their focus is on the relationship between liquidity and default in the post-crisis context, with special emphasis on macroprudential regulation. Exploring how financial stability can be continually assessed and measured, Financial Regulation and Stability discusses the interrelationships between liquidity and default. Without default there would be no concern about liquidity. But the financial crisis was not just a liquidity problem, it requires a general equilibrium model. The authors' model delineates all the potential interrelationships between the real and financial sectors of the economy, with special emphasis on the interaction between liquidity and default. Economists and central bankers will greatly benefit from the practical advice offered in this book to aid financial stability. Advanced students of financial economics will also find this a vital read to understand the consequences of the 2007-8 financial crisis in more depth and the lessons to be learnt
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116060 , 1788116062
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 220 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgar research agendas
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for economic psychology
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Wirtschaftspsychologie ; Verhaltensökonomik ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Economics Psychological aspects ; Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftspsychologie
    Kurzfassung: Contents: 1. Economic psychology: selected contributions to an emerging discipline / Katharina Gangl and Erich Kirchler -- 2. Lay people's and children's theories of money / Agata Gasiorowska -- 3. Improving financial capability / Krishane Patel and Ivo Vlaev -- 4. Role of 'owned' money and rational spending / Jashim Khan and Gary Rivers -- 5. Debts and over-indebtedness of private households / Cäzilia Loibl -- 6. Psychology in product design / Sarah Diefenbach and Marc Hassenzahl -- 7. The interplay between intrinsic motivation, financial incentives and nudges in sustainable consumption / Daniel Schwartz, Taciano L. Milfont and Denis Hilton -- 8. Behavioural mechanisms and (un)healthy dietary choices: a research agenda for better evidence / Jan M. Bauer and Lucia A. Reisch -- 9. Preventing wrongdoing and promoting ethical conduct: a regulatory focus approach to corporate ethical culture / Diana Stimmler and Carmen Tanner -- 10. The persistence of gender inequality in the workplace: still a long way to go? / Clara Kulich and Janine Bosak -- 11. Sharing economy / Barbara Hartl and Eva Hofmann -- 12. Basic income: insights from social experiments and simulations / Maximillian Sommer -- 13. Status quo and future research avenues of tax psychology / Katharina Gangl -- 14. Happiness and economic prosperity / Olga Stravrova and Simon Asbach -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Presenting state-of-the-art reviews on classical and novel research fields in economic psychology, this Research Agenda studies the fundamentals, perceptions and understanding of economic phenomena and behaviour. Internationally renowned experts as well as the next generation of researchers summarize the field and outline promising avenues of future research. Research topics are addressed from an interdisciplinary perspective, providing a broad spectrum of thought on economic psychology. Exploring important gaps in research, chapters include theoretical as well as applied themes and cover novel research fields, to keep the reader abreast of contemporary developments. These include the psychology of money, product design, financial capabilities, sustainable consumption, diet, ethical conduct, gender inequality, the sharing economy, basic income, happiness, and tax psychology. Researchers and advanced students of economics and psychology looking to update their knowledge and refresh their thinking on future research will greatly benefit from this timely book
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784716325
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics 357
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Schlagwort(e): Transfer pricing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Paul W. Cook, Jr. (1955), 'Decentralization and the Transfer-Price Problem', Journal of Business, 28 (2), April, 87-94 -- 2. Jack Hirshleifer (1956), 'One the Economics of Transfer Pricing', Journal of Business, 29 (3), July, 172-84 -- 3. Jack Hirshleifer (1957), 'Economics of the Divisionalized Firm', Journal of Business, 30 (2), April, 96-108 -- 4. J. R. Gould (1964), 'Internal Pricing in Firms When There Are Costs of Using an Outside Market', Journal of Business, 37 (1), January, 61-67 -- 5. Thomas Horst (1971), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm: Optimal Behaviour under Different Tariff and Tax Rates', Journal of Political Economy, 79 (5), September-October, 1059-72 -- 6. L. W. Copithorne (1971), 'International Corporate Transfer Prices and Government Policy', Canadian Journal of Economics, IV (3), August, 324-41 -- 7. E. J. R. Booth and Oscar W. Jensen (1977), 'Transfer Prices in the Global Corporation under Internal and External Constraints', Canadian Journal of Economics, 10 (3), August, 434-46 -- 8. Lorraine A. B. Eden (1978), 'Vertically Integrated Multinationals: A Microeconomic Analysis', Canadian Journal of Economics, 11 (3), August, 534-46 -- 9. Takao Itagaki (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: An Analysis of Effects of Government Policies', International Economic Review, 20 (2), June, 437-48 -- 10. Eric W. Bond (1980), 'Optimal Transfer Pricing when Tax Rates Differ', Southern Economic Journal, 47 (1), July, 191-200 -- 11. Homi Katrak (1981), 'Multi-National Firms' Exports and Host Country Commercial Policy', Economic Journal, 91 (362), June, 454-65 -- 12. Larry Samuelson (1982), 'The Multinational Firm with Arm's Length Transfer Price Limits', Journal of International Economics, 13 (3-4), November, 365-74 -- 13. Lorraine Eden (1983), 'Transfer Pricing Policies under Tariff Barriers', Canadian Journal of Economics, 16 (4), November, 669-85 -- 14. W. Erwin Diewert (1985), 'Transfer Pricing and Economic Efficiency', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 3, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 47-79 -- 15. Lorraine Eden (1985), 'The Microeconomics of Transfer Pricing', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds.), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 2, London: Croom Helm and New York: St. Martin's Press, 13-46 -- 16. Chander Kant (1988), 'Endogenous Transfer Pricing and the Effects of Uncertain Regulation', Journal of International Economics, 24 (1-2), February, 147-57 -- 17. Chander Kant (1990), 'Multinational Firms and Government Revenues', Journal of Public Economics, 42, July, 135-47 -- 18. Lorraine Eden (1998), 'Taxing Multinationals in Theory', in Lorraine Eden (ed.) Taxing Multinationals: Transfer Pricing and Corporate Income Taxation in North America, Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 279-319 -- 19. Guttorm Schjelderup and Alfons J. Weichenrieder (1999), 'Trade, Multinationals, and Transfer Pricing Regulations', Canadian Journal of Economics, 32 (3), May, 817-31
    Kurzfassung: 20. Christian Keuschnigg and Michael P. Devereux (2013), 'The Arm's Length Principle and Distortions to Multinational Firm Organization', Journal of International Economics, 89, 432-40 -- 21. Jan Svejnar and Stephen C. Smith (1984), 'The Economics of Joint Ventures in Less Developed Countries', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 99 (1), February, 149-68 -- 22. Thomas J. Prusa (1990), 'An Incentive Compatible Approach to the Transfer Pricing Problem', Journal of International Economics, 28 (1-2), February, 155-72 -- 23. Thomas A. Gresik and Douglas R. Nelson (1994), 'Incentive Compatible Regulation of a Foreign-Owned Subsidiary', Journal of International Economics, 36 (3-4), May, 309-31 -- 24. Ramy Elitzur and Jack Mintz (1996), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Corporate Tax Competition', Journal of Public Economics, 60, 401-22 -- 25. Andreas Haufler and Guttorm Schjelderup (2000), 'Corporate Tax Systems and Cross-Country Profit Shifting', Oxford Economic Papers, 52 (2), April, 306-25 -- 26. Pascalis Raimondos-Møller and Kimberley Scharf (2002), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Competing Governments', Oxford Economic Papers, 54 (2), April, 230-46 -- 27. Hans Jarle Kind, Karen Helene Midelfart and Guttorm Schjelderup (2005), 'Corporate Tax Systems, Multinational Enterprises, and Economic Integration', Journal of International Economics, 65 (2), March, 507-21 -- 28. Susana Peralta, Xavier Wauthy and Tanguy van Ypersele (2006), 'Should Countries Control International Profit Shifting?', Journal of International Economics, 68 (1), January, 24-37 -- 29. Raveendra N. Batra and Josef Hadar (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: Fixed versus Floating Exchange Rates', Oxford Economic Papers, 31 (2), July, 258-69 -- 30. Takao Itagaki (1981), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm under Exchange Rate Uncertainty', Canadian Journal of Economics, 14 (2), May, 276-97 -- 31. Guttorm Schjelderup and Lars Sørgard (1997), 'Transfer Pricing as a Strategic Device for Decentralized Multinationals', International Tax and Public Finance, 4 (3), July, 277-90 -- 32. Laixun Zhao (2000), 'Decentralization and Transfer Pricing under Oligopoly', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 414-26 -- 33. George F. Kopits (1976), 'Intra-Firm Royalties Crossing Frontiers and Transfer-Pricing Behaviour', Economic Journal, 86 (344), December, 791-805 -- 34. Larry Samuelson (1985), 'Transfer Pricing in Exhaustible Resource Markets', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 98-116 -- 35. Harry Grubert (2003), 'Intangible Income, Intercompany Transactions, Income Shifting, and the Choice of Location', National Tax Journal, 56, 221-42 -- 36. Matthias Dischinger and Nadine Riedel (2011), 'Corporate Taxes and the Location of Intangible Assets within Multinational Firms', Journal of Public Economics, 95, (7-8), August, 691-707 -- 37. Marion B. Stewart (1986), 'U.S. Tax Policy, Intrafirm Transfers, and the Allocative Efficiency of Transnational Corporations', Public Finance/Finances Publiques, 41, 350-71 -- 38. Harry Grubert and John Mutti (1991), 'Taxes, Tariffs and Transfer Pricing in Multinational Corporate Decision Making', Review of Economics and Statistics, 73 (2), May, 285-93
    Kurzfassung: 39. John Jacob (1996), 'Taxes and Transfer Pricing: Income Shifting and the Volume of Intrafirm Transfers', Journal of Accounting Research, 34 (2), Autumn, 301-12 -- 40. Eric J. Bartelsman and Roel M. W. J. Beetsma (2003), 'Why Pay More? Corporate Tax Avoidance Through Transfer Pricing in OECD Countries', Journal of Public Economics, 87, (9-10), September, 2225-52 -- 41. Lorraine Eden, Luis F. Juarez Valdez and Dan Li (2005), 'Talk Softly but Carry a Big Stick: Transfer Pricing Penalties and the Market Valuation of Japanese Multinationals in the United States', Journal of International Business Studies, 36, 398-414 -- 42. Céline Azémar and Gregory Corocos (2009), ''Multinational Firms' Heterogeneity in Tax Responsiveness: The Role of Transfer Pricing', World Economy, 32, 1291-318 -- 43. Sanjaya Lall (1973), 'Transfer-Pricing by Multinational Manufacturing Firms', Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 35 (3), August, 173-93 -- 44. Anita M. Benvignati (1985), 'An Empirical Investigation of International Transfer Pricing by US Manufacturing Firms', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 10, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 193-211 -- 45. Jean-Thomas Bernard and Robert J. Weiner (1990), 'Multinational Corporations, Transfer Prices, and Taxes: Evidence from the U.S. Petroleum Industry', in Assaf Razin and Joel Slemrod (eds.) Taxation in the Global Economy, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 123-54 -- 46. Deborah L. Swenson (2001), 'Tax Reforms and Evidence of Transfer Pricing', National Tax Journal, 54 (1), 7-25 -- 47. Kimberly A. Clausing (2003), 'Tax-Motivated Transfer Pricing and US Intrafirm Trade Prices', Journal of Public Economics, 87, 2207-23 -- 48. Lorraine Eden and Peter Rodriguez (2004), 'How Weak are the Signals? International Price Indices and Multinational Enterprises', Journal of International Business Studies, 35 (1), 61-74 -- 49. Agnes W. Y. Lo, Raymond M. K. Wong and Michael Firth (2010), 'Can Corporate Governance Deter Management from Manipulating Earnings? Evidence from Related-Party Sales Transactions in China', Journal of Corporate Finance, 16 (2), April, 225-35 -- 50. Michael J. Ferrantino, Xuepeng Liu and Zhi Wang (2012), 'Evasion Behaviors of Exporters and Importers: Evidence from the U.S.-China Trade Data Discrepancy', Journal of International Economics, 86 (1), January, 141-57
    Kurzfassung: This authoritative research review discusses the most influential papers relating to the economics of transfer pricing. The piece notably covers the topic of transfer pricing in light of divisionalization, government regulations, bargaining models, market distortions and product characteristics as well as touching on the important subjects of empirical estimates of transfer price manipulation and transfer mispricing estimates. Written by Lorraine Eden, one of the founders and a leading contributor to the field, this research review promises to be useful reading for doctoral students, faculty members and policy makers who wish to extend their knowledge on the economics of transfer pricing
    Anmerkung: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973465 , 1788973461
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 204 Seiten)
    Serie: Elgaronline
    Serie: Edward Elgar books
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Bergeijk, Peter A. G. van, 1959 - Deglobalization 2.0
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Kritik ; Konjunktur ; Welt ; Globalization Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Kritik ; Populismus ; Protektionismus ; Wirtschaftspolitik
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Preface -- 1. Spoilers -- 2. Setting the stage -- 3. Deglobalization is not new! -- 4. What drives deglobalization? -- 5. Is deglobalization good or bad? -- 6. The future of deglobalization -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: The rapid integration of global governments, businesses and capital has faced a dramatic and often hostile backlash in recent years. As populist agendas worldwide gain momentum, Deglobalization 2.0 explores the key drivers of reactionary movements. From the 'Make America Great Again' movement in the US, to Continental European populism, Peter van Bergeijk explains the critical catalysts of anti-globalization sentiment. Through a historical lens, this book draws out similarities and differences between contemporary developments and the economic crises of the 1930s, offering a unique understanding of the political and economic drivers of deglobalization. Focusing on wealth inequality, social uncertainty and international competition for economic supremacy, van Bergeijk examines and offers answers for the lacunae in the globalization debate. Provocative, insightful and accessible, this book confronts the deglobalization issue as a matter of real urgency and is thus vital reading for policy makers and managers working in international affairs and economic relations. It also offers guidance for academics in international economics and relations moving into the uncharted territory of deglobalization processes
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973694
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 305 Seiten)
    Serie: New directions in post-Keynesian economics
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 330.15/6
    Schlagwort(e): Keynesian economics ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Introduction / Louis-Philippe Rochon and Virginie Monvoisin -- Part I: Post-Keynesian views on finance and financialization -- 1. Measuring finance for the economy and finance for finance / Marcello Spanò -- 2. Economic limits of the originate to distribute model of banking / Óscar Dejuán and John S. L. McCombie -- 3. Private pension funds in emerging economies: From broken promises to financialisation / Bruno Bonizzi and Diego Guevara -- 4. Financialization and bancarization of Argentina, Brazil and Mexico: The financial services transformations as from the post-crisis period / Alicia Girón and Marcia Solorza -- Part II: Post-Keynesian views on distribution and growth -- 5. Macroeconomic implications of inequality and household debt: European evidence / Jonathan Perraton -- 6. How can policy tackle inequality in 21st century? / Hanna Szymborska -- 7. Economic policies and growth regimes in France (1974-2016) / Hélène de Largentaye and Renaud du Tertre -- 8. Non-conventional fiscal rules in a Kaleckian model of growth and income distribution with external debt / Pablo G. Bortz, Gabriel Michelena, and Fernando Toledo -- Part III: Post-Keynesian views on monetary policy -- 9. The transmission of monetary policy in the US: Testing the credit channel and the role of endogenous money / Nathan Perry and Carlos Schönerwald -- 10. Corporate debt expansion in emerging countries after 2008: Profile, determinants and policy implications / Cristiano Duarte -- 11. From trillemma to dilemma: Monetary policy after / Bretton Woods Hasan Cömert -- 12. Shifting frames of the expert debate: Quantitative easing, international macro-finance and the potential impact of Post-Keynesian scholarship / Max Nagel and Matthias Thiemann -- Part IV: Some notes on the dual economy Introduction / Helene Delargentaye -- 13. Dualism: More or less? / David Leadbeater -- 14. Do the robots come to liberate us or to deepen our inequality? The uncertain macrostructural foundations of the robotic age / Arpita Bhattacharjee and Gary Dymski -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This book introduces readers to some key concepts in post-Keynesian and heterodox economics, in particular the importance of finance in relation to income distribution and growth. The book explores various aspects of financialization, such as its role in pension funds, and explores its consequences especially in developing economies. Readers will recognize other key concepts such as the role of banks, and the effectiveness of monetary policy and its transmission mechanism, and unconventional policies, such as quantitative easing. Considerable space is given to income inequality, a topic that has become increasingly important. Authors explore the growing importance of household debt, and policies that could address inequality. Finally, the book discusses the rising importance of dualism, a much under-researched topic in heterodox economics. Policy makers and scholars alike, especially those in Heterodox Economics, will find the book a much need addition to the field"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9781788112611
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 451 Seiten)
    Serie: [Elgaronline]
    Serie: [Edward Elgar books]
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 333.79
    Schlagwort(e): Energy policy ; Energy industries Technological innovations ; Renewable natural resources Research ; Energy development ; Energy industries ; Technological innovations ; Energy policy ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The changing role of energy in society -- Part II: Policies and institutions -- 3. Energy policy -- 4. Science and technology innovation -- 5. Energy innovation -- Part III: Technology case studies -- 6. Understanding and measuring energy innovation -- 7. Heat pumps -- 8. Wind energy -- 9. Wave energy -- 10. Building integrated photovoltaics -- 11. Shale gas -- 12. Smart grids -- Part IV: Lessons -- 13. Lessons for effective energy innovation -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: "This book addresses the question: how effective are countries in promoting the innovation needed to facilitate an energy transition? Chapters explore energy policy and institutions, innovation policy in general, as well as energy innovation in key countries, including the US, Germany, the UK, China, Japan and Korea, and the EU. At the heart of Energy Innovation for the 21st Century is a fascinating set of international empirical case studies covering supply and demand side technologies at different levels of maturity. These are set within an analytical framework encompassing the functions of technological innovation systems and innovation metrics. The book explores energy, science and technology policies, contextualising the case studies to aid the assessment of the overall performance of innovation systems. Drawing together lessons for energy innovation policy and institutional design, this book is a much-needed resource for sustainability and innovation scholars and researchers. Policy-makers and practitioners will also benefit from the practical advice offered in this timely volume"--
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...